My19 Colorado Owner Manual 1237048790663

MY19 RG Colorado
MY19 RG Colorado
Owner’s Manual
holden.com.au
GM Holden Ltd, ABN 84 006 893 232, Holden New Zealand Ltd., Company Number 1602 (hereinafter Holden)
Change of name, address or ownership

If you drive a pre-owned Holden, have moved house or changed any of your details, we’d like to hear from you!
Holden uses your details to keep your vehicle’s factory provided Roadside Assistance and Warranty details up to date.
It also helps us let you know if there is an existing rework action required on your vehicle. To update your details, please
take a few minutes to fill in and mail the form at the back of the Service & Warranty Booklet or visit Holden’s website at:
www.holden.com.au/forms/change-of-owner-details
GM Holden Ltd (Holden) is collecting the new owner’s personal information in order to process the request for
transfer for the specified vehicle. We may disclose your personal information to our related companies and third
parties who provide us with (or help us provide) products and services, including to overseas locations such as the
USA, and other countries in Europe, Oceania and Asia.
Holden’s privacy policy (available at: www.holden.com.au/privacypolicy) states how you can seek to access or correct
any personal information Holden holds about you, how to complain about a privacy breach by Holden and how
Holden will deal with a privacy complaint.
You can contact Holden on 1800 033 349 or alternatively, you may prefer to email Holden at:
holdencustomercare@gm.com
Note: Please refer to the inside front cover of the Service & Warranty Booklet for the Vehicle Identification Certificate.
© 2018 GM Holden Ltd.

© 2018 Holden New Zealand Ltd.
Printed in Australia Reproduction in whole or part is
Part No. 92510112 prohibited without written approval from
August 2018 GM Holden Ltd., ABN 84 006 893 232 (Australia) or
(MY19 RG Colorado. Print 2) Holden New Zealand Ltd., Company Number 1602 (New Zealand)
Holden Colorado Owner Manual (Australia-Localizing-Australia-12333014) -
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 18
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 63
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 184
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 271
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 280
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
2 Introduction
Introduction
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Introduction 3
Your vehicle is a designed . The table of contents at the Danger, Warning, and
combination of advanced beginning of this manual and
technology, safety, environmental within each section shows where
Caution
friendliness and economy. the information is located.
This Owner’s Manual provides you . The index will enable you to
{ Danger
with all the necessary information to search for specific information.
Text marked { Danger provides
enable you to drive your vehicle . Directional data, e.g. left or right,
safely and efficiently. information on risk of fatal injury.
or front or back, always relate to Disregarding this information may
Make sure your passengers are the direction of travel. endanger life.
aware of the possible risk of . Display messages and interior
accident and injury which may result labelling are written in bold
from improper use of the vehicle. letters.
. For a complete list of the
{ Warning
Using this Manual
registered trademarks contained Text marked { Warning
. This manual describes all in this manual see Trademarks
options and features available provides information on risk of
and License Agreements.
for this model. Certain accident or injury. Disregarding
Trademarks and Licence
descriptions, including those this information may lead to injury.
Agreements 0 141, Trademarks
for display and menu and Licence Agreements 0 175
functions, may not apply to and Trademarks and Licence
your vehicle due to model Agreements 0 280.
variant, special equipment or
Caution
accessories. Text marked Caution provides
. The "In brief" section will give information on possible damage
you an initial overview. to the vehicle. Disregarding this
information may lead to vehicle
damage.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
4 Introduction
2 NOTES
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
In Brief 5
In Brief Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview

Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . 5
Initial Drive Information
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 10
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 11
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Washer and Wiper Systems . . . 13
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 89 4. Turn and Lane-Change Signals

2. Side Air Vents. See Adjustable 0 91
Air Vents 0 182 Headlamp High/Low-Beam
3. Cruise Control 0 205 Changer 0 90
Headlamp flash 0 90
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
6 In Brief
Driver Information Centre (DIC) 15. Manual Transmission 0 196 28. Air Conditioning System 0 177
0 78 16. Power Outlets 0 68 or Electronic Climate Control
5. Instrument Panel Overview System 0 179
17. Descent Control System (DCS)
0 64 0 204 29. Instrument Panel Storage 0 53
6. Horn 0 66 18. Traction Control System (TCS) 30. Lane Departure Warning
Driver's Airbag. See Airbag and 0 202 (LDW) 0 214
Seat Belt Tensioner Light 0 73 Electronic Stability Control 31. Parking Assist 0 210
7. Driver Information Centre (DIC) (ESC) 0 203 32. Reflected LED Alert. See
0 78 19. Shift Lever 0 193 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
8. Steering Wheel Controls 0 100 System 0 207
20. Steering Wheel Adjustment
or Steering Wheel Controls 0 65
(If equipped) 0 152
21. Bonnet Release Lever. See
9. Windscreen Wiper, Windscreen Bonnet 0 228
Washer System. See
Windscreen Wiper/Washer 22. Clutch Pedal. See Manual
0 67 Transmission 0 196
10. Central Air Vents. See 23. Brake Pedal. See Brakes
Adjustable Air Vents 0 182 0 200
11. Radio Controls and Display. 24. Throttle Pedal. See New
See Overview 0 97 or Vehicle Running-in 0 187
Overview 0 150 25. Fuel Tank Flap Release Lever.
12. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 91 See Refuelling 0 218
13. Passenger Airbag. See Front 26. Instrument Panel Fuse Box
Airbag System 0 44 0 246
14. Glovebox 0 54 27. Ignition Positions 0 187
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
In Brief 7
Initial Drive If any door or the bonnet is not fully Starting the Vehicle
closed, the central locking system
Information will not operate and a horn chirp will
be issued as warning.
Remote Keyless Entry " Unlock: Two unlocking modes
(RKE) System are available:
Remote Keyless Entry . Press " once. All doors are

unlocked.
. Press " once to unlock the
driver's door. Press " twice to
unlock all other doors.
The hazard lamps flash twice.
1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the
The 'Remote Door Unlock' setting vehicle.
can be changed through the
infotainment system. 2. Press and release Q.
See Keys 0 18. 3. Immediately after completing
Step 2, press and hold / for at
Remote Vehicle Start least four seconds or until the
The key operates the doors and the If equipped with this feature, the turn signal lamps flash.
ignition. The Remote Keyless Entry engine can be started from outside When the engine starts, the park
(RKE) system is operated with the the vehicle. lamps will turn on and remain on as
RKE transmitter built into the key. long as the engine is running. The
Q Lock: Press to lock the doors. doors will be locked and the climate
The hazard lamps flash once. control system may come on.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
8 In Brief
The engine will continue to run for Seat Adjustment Seat Backrests
10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a
10 minute time extension. Remote Seat Positioning
start can be extended only once
after the first engine start.
To enter the vehicle, unlock the
doors.
If the engine is running, insert the
key and turn the ignition switch to
ON. If the engine is not running,
start the engine normally.
Cancelling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of 1. Recline the seatback by pulling
the following: the lever.
. Aim the RKE transmitter at the 1. Move the seat forwards or
backwards by lifting the handle 2. Adjust the angle and release
vehicle and press and hold / the lever.
at the front and sliding the seat.
until the park lamps turn off.
2. Release the handle to engage 3. Allow the seat to engage.
. Turn on the hazard warning
the latch. Note
flashers.
Try to move the seat back and forth Do not lean on the seat when
. Turn the vehicle on and then off. adjusting.
to ensure the seat is locked in
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 20. place. See Seat Adjustment 0 35.
See Seat Adjustment 0 35. Seat Height
The vehicle may have seat height
adjustment.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
In Brief 9
Seat Backrests
. To lower the seat cushion, push . Move the seat forwards or

the lever down several times. backwards by sliding the switch.
. . Recline the seatback by sliding
To raise the seat cushion, pull See Power Seat Adjustment 0 37.
the lever up several times. the switch forwards or
backwards.
See Seat Adjustment 0 35.
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 37.
Power Seat Adjustment
Seat Positioning
The vehicle may have power seat
adjustment.
Caution
Avoid spilling any liquid near the
front seat power switch.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
10 In Brief
Seat Height Head Restraint Seat Belts
Adjustment
. To lower the seat cushion, push 1. Withdraw the belt from the reel.
the switch downwards.
. To raise the head restraint, pull 2. Pull the metal tongue across
. To raise the seat cushion, pull the head restraint upwards. your body into the buckle, until
the switch upwards. it clicks into place.
. To lower the head restraint,
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 37. press the button and push the 3. Tension the lap belt regularly
head restraint downwards. while driving by tugging the
See Head Restraints 0 34. shoulder belt.
See Seat Belts 0 39 and Airbag
System 0 43.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
In Brief 11
Mirror Adjustment Exterior Mirrors Steering Wheel
Interior Mirror Adjustment
The controls for the power mirrors

are located on the driver`s door. 1. To unlock, move the
The adjustment is performed by lever down.
Select the relevant exterior mirror
tilting it to a suitable position.
and adjust it as desired. 2. Adjust the steering wheel.
Adjust the lever below the mirror to
See Power Mirrors 0 27, Convex 3. To lock, move the lever up.
reduce headlamp glare from
Mirrors 0 27, or Folding Mirrors
following vehicles. 4. Ensure the steering wheel is
0 27.
See Manual Rear View Mirror 0 28. locked in position before
driving.
See Steering Wheel Adjustment
0 65, Airbag System 0 43,
or Ignition Positions 0 187.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
12 In Brief
Exterior Lighting High Beam/Low Beam Turn and Lane-Change Signals
. To flash the headlamps, pull the . Push the lever in the direction
O : With automatic headlamp lever. the steering wheel is turned.
system, turn the switch to activate . To switch from low to high beam, . A green arrow on the instrument
or deactivate the system. The push the lever. panel flashes when the lamps
switch returns to AUTO. are in operation.
. To switch to low beam, push
AUTO : Headlamps and exterior again or pull the lever. See Turn and Lane-Change Signals
lamps are switched on and off 0 91.
automatically depending on external See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
lighting conditions. Changer 0 90 and Headlamp flash
0 90.
; : Park lamps, number plate
lamps and instrument panel lamps
are illuminated.
2 : Headlamps on.
See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 89.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
In Brief 13
Hazard Warning Flashers Horn Washer and Wiper
Systems
Windscreen Wiper
. Press | to turn the hazard

warning flasher on or off, when
Press a.
the ignition is in any position.
See Hazard Warning Flashers 0 91.
1x : Single wipe
OFF : Off
INT : Intermittent operation
LO : Continuous wipe, slow speed
HI : Continuous wipe, fast speed
For a single wipe when the
windscreen wipers are off, move the
lever up lightly and release it.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
14 In Brief
See Windscreen Wiper/Washer 0 67 Climate Controls The climate control panel is located
and Wiper Blade Replacement in the centre of the instrument
0 237. panel.
Windscreen Washer See Air Conditioning System 0 177
or Electronic Climate Control
System 0 179.
Transmission
Manual Transmission
. Pull the lever towards you to

wash the windscreen.
Washer fluid is sprayed onto the
windscreen and the wipers
operate.
See Windscreen Wiper/Washer 0 67 . When shifting from one gear to
and Washer Fluid 0 233. another, push the clutch pedal to
the floor.
. Do not engage reverse gear
while the vehicle is still moving.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
In Brief 15
. Pause between pressing the To engage P or R, push the release For vehicles with automatic
clutch pedal and moving into button on the front of the shift lever. transmission, move the shift
reverse gear. Manual mode: Move the shift lever lever to P position before
See Manual Transmission 0 196. to position D, then push to the left. removing the key.
Move the shift lever forward or back . If the vehicle is on a level
Automatic Transmission to change gears: surface or uphill gradient,
+ : higher gear engage first gear or set the shift
lever to P before switching off
− : lower gear the ignition. On an uphill
See Automatic Transmission 0 193 gradient, turn the front wheels
and Four-Wheel Drive 0 196. away from the curb.
If the vehicle is on a downhill
Parking gradient, engage reverse gear or
. set the shift lever to P before
Always apply the parking brake
switching off the ignition. Turn
firmly without pressing the
the front wheels towards
release button. Apply as firmly
the curb.
as possible on a downhill
gradient or uphill gradient. Press . Close the windows.
the brake pedal before applying . Lock the vehicle.
P : Park the parking brake to reduce
operating force. . After running at high engine
R : Reverse speeds or with high engine
. Switch off the engine and loads, operate the engine briefly
N : Neutral
ignition. Turn the ignition key to at a low load or run in neutral for
D : Drive LOCK (0), remove it and turn the about 1 to 2 minutes at idle
The shift lever can only be moved steering wheel until the steering speed before switching off in
out of P when the ignition is on and wheel lock is felt to engage. order to protect the turbocharger.
the brake pedal is applied.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
16 In Brief
. Before switching off, do not . Check that the warning The ignition switch has four key
accelerate the engine. indicators illuminate when positions:
turning the ignition on and go off 0 : Lock / Off
{ Warning after several seconds.
The engine is off and the steering
Do not park the vehicle on a
Ignition Positions wheel is locked. The key can be
flammable surface. The high removed only in this position.
temperature of the exhaust Caution 1 : Accessory
system could ignite the surface.
Use the correct key, make sure it Electrical accessories such as the
is all the way in — or pushed in infotainment system and the
See Keys 0 18. toward the steering column when windscreen wipers can be operated
turning the engine off — and turn while the engine is off.
Getting Started it only with your hand. 2 : On / Run
Check Before Starting The key returns to this position
. when the engine has been started.
Check that the windows, mirrors
and lamps are clean. 3 : Start
. Visually check tyre inflation. This is the position that starts the
Check the tyre pressures engine. When the engine starts,
weekly. release the key. The key will return
. to On / Run for driving.
Ensure that all doors are closed
and secured.
. Position your seat for
comfortable driving.
. Adjust the rear view mirrors.
. Fasten the seat belts.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
In Brief 17
Turning the Engine Off
{ Warning
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, turn off the vehicle
only in an emergency.
See Ignition Positions 0 187.
When the vehicle is stopped, push

the key in toward the steering
column and turn the key to Lock /
Off to turn the engine off.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Automatic Dimming Rear View
Mirror (If equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Keys and Locks
Windows Windows Keys
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Caution
Keys and Locks Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Heated Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . 31
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 20 Do not attach heavy or bulky
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 items to the ignition key.
Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Memorised Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Getting In and Out of the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Manual Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Central Locking System . . . . . . . 24
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Doors
Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Vehicle Security
Anti-theft Alarm System . . . . . . . . 26
Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Exterior Mirrors The key operates the doors and the
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 ignition. The Remote Keyless Entry
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 (RKE) system is operated with the
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 RKE transmitter built into the key.
Interior Mirrors Q Lock: Press to lock the doors.
Manual Rear View Mirror . . . . . . . 28 The hazard lamps flash once.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Keys, Doors, and Windows 19

If any door or the bonnet is not fully The 'Remote Window Operation' 2. To retract the key blade, press
closed, the central locking system setting can be changed through the the button and fold the blade
will not operate and a horn chirp will Infotainment System. into the key.
be issued as warning. See Settings 0 138 or Settings
0 172. About the Key
" Unlock: Two unlocking modes .
are available: Note The RKE transmitter has a range
of up to 20 metres.
Should you wish to leave the
. Press " once. All doors are The range depends on the
windows open to allow ventilation
unlocked. when parked and locked, you will charge of the transmitter battery,
. Press " once to unlock the need to turn the 'Remote Window on ambient conditions, the
Operation' function off. location and the area between
driver's door. Press " twice to the transmitter and vehicle.
unlock all other doors. Foldaway Key Blade
Note
The hazard lamps flash twice. The
The application of after-market
'Remote Door Unlock' setting can
window tinting with metallic film may
be changed through the
reduce the operating range of the
Infotainment System.
RKE transmitter. The metallic film in
See Settings 0 138 or Settings
some tinting materials can interfere
0 172.
or distort the incoming radio signal.
Additionally the side windows can Speak to a window tinting specialist
be operated with the RKE before applying any film.
transmitter. . Take care that no button is
. Press and hold " to pressed unintentionally,
automatically open all windows. especially when the vehicle is
out of sight.
. Press Q to automatically close 1. Press the button to extend the . Protect from moisture and high
any open windows. key blade. temperatures.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

The RKE transmitter buttons may Remote Vehicle Start Other conditions can affect the
not work if: performance of the transmitter. See
. It is more than 20 metres from Remote control 0 21.
the vehicle. Starting the Vehicle
. Battery voltage is too low. To start the engine using the remote
See Battery replacement under start feature:
Remote control 0 21. 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the
. The buttons are operated vehicle.
repeatedly while not in range of
the vehicle.
2. Press and release Q.
. 3. Immediately after completing
The central locking system is
operated at frequent intervals. Step 2, press and hold / for at
least four seconds or until the
. The power supply is interrupted If equipped, this feature allows the turn signal lamps flash to
for a short time. engine to be started from outside confirm that the request for
. The vehicle is parked near the vehicle. remotely starting the vehicle
strong radio activity. has been received.
/ (Remote Vehicle Start) : This
Replacement Keys button will be on the RKE When the engine starts, the park
transmitter if the vehicle has remote lamps will turn on and remain on as
If a key is lost, a replacement can start. long as the engine is running. The
be ordered through a Holden Dealer doors will be locked and the climate
by quoting the code number. The The climate control system will use
control system may come on.
number is printed on a detachable the previous settings during a
tag supplied with the key. remote start. The rear demist may The engine will continue to run for
come on during remote start based 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a
on cold ambient conditions. 10 minute time extension. Remote
start can be extended only once.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

To enter the vehicle, unlock the Cancelling a Remote Start . Two remote vehicle starts, or a
doors. single remote start with an
To cancel a remote start, do one of
. If the engine is running, insert extension, have already
the following:
the key and turn the ignition been used.
. Aim the RKE transmitter at the
switch to ON. . The vehicle is not in P (Park).
vehicle and press and hold /
. If the engine is not running, start
until the park lamps turn off. Remote Control
the engine normally.
. Turn on the hazard warning
Extending Engine Run Time flashers. Battery Replacement
For a 10 minute extension, repeat . Turn the vehicle on and then off. As soon as the range of the Remote
Steps 1–3 while the engine is still Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
running. The remote start can be Conditions in Which Remote reduces, replace the battery.
extended once. Start Will Not Work Replace Battery in Remote Key
When the remote start is extended, The remote vehicle start feature will may also be displayed in the
the second 10 minutes will start not operate if: instrument cluster when the battery
immediately. requires replacing.
. The key is in the ignition.
For example, if the engine has been . The bonnet is not closed.
running for five minutes, and
10 minutes are added, the engine . The hazard warning flashers
will run for a total of 15 minutes. are on.
A maximum of two remote starts, . The malfunction indicator lamp
or a single start with an extension, is on.
is allowed between ignition cycles. . The engine coolant temperature
The vehicle's ignition must be is too high.
turned on and then back off before . The oil pressure is low.
the remote start procedure can be
used again.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Place the negative side (-) . Infotainment system (If
down towards the base. supported)
4. Close the cover. . Central locking system
5. Check the RKE transmitter . Comfort settings
operation. The saved settings are
Note automatically used next time the
. Batteries do not belong in ignition is switched on with the
household waste. Dispose of at memorised key of the remote
an appropriate recycling control unit or the electronic key.
collection point. See Vehicle Personalisation 0 87.
. Avoid dropping the RKE
transmitter.
Caution
. Do not place heavy objects on
Avoid touching the flat surfaces of the RKE transmitter.
the battery, the circuit board and . Keep the RKE transmitter away
other components inside the from water and direct sunlight.
remote control with bare fingers.
. If the RKE transmitter gets wet,
Handling will shorten battery life.
wipe it with a soft cloth.
1. Open the cover. Memorised Settings

2. Remove the used battery. Whenever the ignition is switched
3. Install the new battery. off, the following settings are
automatically memorised by the
Use a CR2032 (or equivalent) remote control unit or the
battery. electronic key.
. Lighting
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Getting In and Out of the Manual Door Locks Door Lock Snibs
Vehicle
Side Steps
. Insert the key into the door lock. . To lock all doors from the inside,
push the door lock snib so it is
. Turn the key clockwise to lock all flush with the door handle.
doors.
The vehicle may have side steps . To unlock any door from the
. Turn the key anticlockwise to
which provide an extra foothold for inside, pull the door lock snib
accessing the front or rear doors (if unlock the driver's door. outwards.
applicable). Note . The driver's door lock snib does
Tap the key slot or heat the key if not operate when the door
the door does not unlock in cold is open.
weather.
Note
Do not operate the switches
constantly.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Central Locking System Central locking button
Doors may be locked and unlocked
by pressing buttons on:
. The driver’s door armrest
. The key from inside or outside
the vehicle
Note
. The driver's door must be closed
for the driver's door to lock.
. A horn chirp may sound as a
reminder if a door is not closed.
. Pulling on an interior door
{ Warning
handle will not unlock a door Locks and unlocks all doors. Use the child security door locks
unless an unlock button has . Press Q to lock. whenever children are occupying
been pressed. the rear seats.
The vehicle may have features that . Press K to unlock.
can have customised settings. See The child security rear door locks
Vehicle Personalisation 0 87. Safety Locks prevent the rear doors from being
The vehicle may have child security opened from the inside.
rear door locks. Rotate the switch using a key or
suitable screwdriver.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

To activate: Doors Tailgate
. Rotate the switch in the direction
Locking and unlocking
of the arrow shown on the door. Rear Doors
The vehicle may have a
To open a door when the child tailgate lock.
security rear door lock is activated:
Space Cab
. Open the door from the outside.
. To lock, turn the key

To open a rear door:
anticlockwise until the key is in
1. Open the front door. the vertical position.
2. Open the rear door by using . To unlock, turn the key clockwise
the handle located on the front until the key is in the horizontal
edge of the rear door panel. position.
Note Pull the handle upwards to open.
When closing doors, close the rear . The key can be removed from
doors before closing the front doors.
either the locked or unlocked
positions.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. .
Vehicle Security When the alarm is triggered, the
horn sounds and the hazard
LED illuminates (test, arming
delay).
warning flashers activate for .
Anti-theft Alarm System 30 seconds.
LED flashes quickly (doors or
bonnet are not completely
The system monitors the doors, . If the alarm was triggered during closed, or there is a system
ignition and the bonnet. alarm activation, the horn will fault).
The system is activated: sound three times and the When the system is armed:
hazard warning flashers will
. Thirty seconds after locking the . LED flashes slowly.
activate three times, while
vehicle. unlocking the vehicle. If a fault occurs, contact a Holden
. Alternatively, by pressing Q on Status LED Dealer.
the key a second time.
The system is deactivated by: Immobiliser
The immobiliser prevents
. Pressing " on the key. unauthorised engine starting.
Note . If an invalid key is inserted into
. If the driver's door is opened the ignition switch, an indicator
manually, while the alarm is on the instrument panel will
activated, the key needs to be flash.
inserted into the ignition within
10 seconds to avoid triggering The vehicle will not start.
the alarm. During the . The engine is automatically
10 seconds, the horn chirps and immobilised after the key is
the hazard warning flashers turned to Lock and has been
activate to provide a warning. The status LED is located on top of removed from the ignition switch.
the instrument panel. . Only valid ignition keys can be
During the first 30 seconds of used to start the engine.
system activation:
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. If A in the instrument cluster Exterior Mirrors L: Left side mirror selected
flashes or illuminates when the R: Right side mirror selected
ignition is on, there is a fault in Convex Mirrors
the system. The engine cannot ): No mirrors selected
be started. Turn the ignition off The convex exterior mirrors provide To adjust an exterior mirror:
and on again. a wider view of the road and traffic.
1. Push the switch to L or R.
If A continues to flash or
illuminate, try to start the engine
{ Warning 2. Press the directional switch to
adjust the angle of the mirror.
using the spare key. Objects seen in these mirrors are
Have the vehicle checked by a closer than they appear. Folding Mirrors
Holden Dealer.
Manual Folding
Note Power Mirrors The vehicle may have manual
The immobiliser does not lock the folding mirrors.
doors.
Adjust the driver’s or passenger’s

side mirror.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

When the vehicle is parked, the If one mirror has been manually Interior Mirrors
mirrors may be folded flat against extended or folded, the other mirror
the side of the vehicle. can be extended or folded
electronically by pressing the Manual Rear View Mirror
Electric Folding four-way switch down. Manual Anti-glare
The vehicle may have electric
folding mirrors. { Warning
Always keep your mirrors properly
adjusted, and use them while
driving to increase your visibility
of objects and other vehicles
around you. Do not drive while
either outside rear view mirror is
folded back.
Caution
Press the selector switch (L / R
switch) to the central position ●, The inner rear view mirror can be
then push the four-way switch moved in four directions, so be
down. Both exterior mirrors will fold. cautious and avoid the contact
with the sun visors. Adjust all
Press the four-way switch down
mirrors in the most effective
again and both exterior mirrors
position before starting to drive
return to their original position.
the vehicle.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

To reduce headlamp glare from . Push the lever towards the front
following vehicles, pull the lever on
Windows of the vehicle, then outwards.
the underside of the mirror housing. Note
The application of after-market Power Windows
Automatic Dimming Rear window tinting with metallic film may
View Mirror (If equipped) reduce the operating range of the
RKE transmitter. The metallic film in
{ Warning
some tinting materials can interfere Take care when operating the
or distort the incoming radio signal. power windows. Risk of injury,
Speak to a window tinting specialist particularly to children.
before applying any film.
If there are children on the rear
Manual Windows seats, switch on the child safety
system for the power windows.
Be careful when closing the
windows. Ensure that nothing
becomes trapped in them as
they move.
Headlamp glare from following Power windows can be operated:

vehicles at night is automatically . With the ignition on.
reduced.
. Within 10 minutes after switching
the ignition off.
Note
. The vehicle may have a lever to After switching off the ignition,
open the rear side windows. window operation is disabled when
a door is opened.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

To stop the window at a desired While in override, the window can
position while the window is in close on an object in its path. Use
automatic operation, pull up or care when using the override mode.
press down and release the switch
to the same direction of the
movement.
{ Warning
Body parts outside the vehicle
Anti-pinch Function
can be struck by passing objects.
If a window encounters resistance Keep all parts of the body inside
during auto closing, it will stop vehicle.
immediately and open again.
Children can operate and become
entrapped in power windows.
Operate the switch for each { Warning
respective window by pushing to Do not leave your keys or
open, or pulling to close. The Anti-pinch function may not unattended children in your car.
driver's window switch incorporates operate after consecutive uses.
Serious injury or death can occur
a light which signals operating Do not operate the window switch
from misuse of power windows.
readiness when illuminated. with no purpose.
Auto Up/Down Pressure Relief

Override Safety Function
To fully open a window To reduce the effort required to
automatically, press the switch fully In an emergency, the anti-pinch
function can be overridden. Pull and close the front door, when a front
down. To fully close a window door is opened, if closed its window
automatically, pull the switch hold the window switch fully up. The
window will rise for as long as the will automatically lower several
fully up. centimetres. Once the door is
switch is held. Once the switch is
In automatic operation, the window released, auto mode is re-activated. closed, the window will raise
will fully open or close even if you automatically.
release the switch. If a window fails to close, a horn
chirp may sound.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Child Safety System for Overload Heated Rear Window
Windows If the windows are repeatedly
operated within short intervals, the
window operation may be disabled
for some time.
Initialising the Power Windows
If the windows cannot be closed
automatically (e.g. after
disconnecting the vehicle battery),
activate the window electronics as
follows:
1. Switch the ignition on.
Electronic Control
2. Press the power window switch
Press v to deactivate the rear door
to move the window down fully Operated by pressing the K button.
and hold for an additional
power window switches. The rear 2 seconds.
door power windows can still be
operated by the driver's door 3. Pull the power window switch
switches. to move the window up fully
and hold for an additional
Remote Power Window 2 seconds.
Opening / Closing The power window auto up / down
The power windows can be opened and anti-pinch functions should now
or closed using the RKE transmitter. operate as normal. If not, see your
See Keys 0 18. Dealer.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Caution (Continued) { Warning

Do not scratch or damage the Do not place the sun visor in such
defroster wires when you clean or a position that it reduces visibility
work around the rear window. of the roadway, traffic or other
objects.
Sun Visors
Assist grips
Manual Control
Operated by pressing the + button.
Heating works with the engine
running and is switched off
automatically after a short time or by
pressing the button again.
The LED lights up to indicate that it
is on.
. The sun visors can be folded
Caution down or folded outwards over The vehicle may have assist grips.
the side window, to prevent . Assist grips are located above
Do not use sharp instruments or glare.
the doors to assist passengers
abrasive window cleaners on your . If the sun visor has a mirror, getting in and out of the vehicle.
vehicle's rear window. close the cover when driving. . The assist grips above each rear
(Continued) door may include a coat hook.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
{ Warning
Do not hold onto the assist grips
while seated in the vehicle.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
34 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Replacing Airbag System Parts
after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Head Restraints
Restraints Child Restraints { Warning
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 47
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 50 This safety feature is not intended
Head Restraints ISOFIX Child Restraint to rest the head upon. It is solely
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 for the reduction of whiplash neck
Front Seats Top-Tether Child Restraint movement in an accident
Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 involving your vehicle.
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 The centre of the head restraint
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 37 should be at eye level, never at
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
neck level.
Rear Seats
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Seat Belts
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Three-Point Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . 41
Seat Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Replacing Seat Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Front Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Side Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Curtain Airbag System . . . . . . . . . 46
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Seats and Restraints 35

Height Adjustment . Adjust the seat so that your legs
Front Seats are slightly angled when against
the pedals.
Seat Position
. Adjust the backrest angle to
easily reach the steering wheel
{ Warning with arms slightly bent. See
To avoid reducing the Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 65.
effectiveness of seat belts, . Maintain contact between
seatbacks should only be upright shoulders and the backrest
or at most semi-reclined when the when turning the steering wheel.
vehicle is moving. . Adjust the head restraint. See
Head Restraints 0 34.
. Slide the passenger seat as far
. Pull the head restraint up. back as possible.
. Press the locking button and
push the head restraint down. Seat Adjustment
{ Danger
Do not sit nearer than 25 cm from
the steering wheel, to allow safe
airbag deployment.
. Sit centrally in the seat.

. Use the backrest and cushion
for support.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Try to move the seat back and forth
{ Danger { Warning to ensure the seat is locked in
place.
Never place objects of any size or Do not adjust the driver's seat
shape under the front seats, when the vehicle is moving as the Seat Backrests
because they can interfere with seat could move suddenly
the moving mechanisms, other causing the driver to lose control.
parts of the seat structure,
or electrical components, when
Seat Positioning
available, reducing or restricting
the correct performance of these
components and the safety
system.
{ Danger
Never place your hands, fingers, 1. Recline the seatback by pulling
feet or other body parts under the the lever.
seat when adjusting the seat
position, because the seats have 2. Adjust the angle and release
moving parts and metal pieces the lever.
that could cause injury. 1. Move the seat forwards or 3. Allow the seat to engage.
backwards by lifting the handle
at the front and sliding the seat. Note
Do not lean on the seat when
2. Release the handle to engage adjusting.
the latch.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Seat Height . Recline the seatback by sliding
the switch forwards or
The vehicle may have seat height
rearwards.
adjustment.
Seat Height
. Move the seat forwards or

backwards by sliding the switch.
Seat Backrests
. To lower the seat cushion, push
the lever down several times. . To lower the seat cushion, push
. To raise the seat cushion, pull the switch downwards.
the lever up several times. . To raise the seat cushion, pull
the switch upwards.
Power Seat Adjustment
Seat Positioning
Heated Front Seats
The vehicle may have heated front
The vehicle may have power seat
seats.
adjustment.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
{ Warning Rear Seats

If you cannot feel temperature Folding down rear seatbacks
change or pain to the skin, the The vehicle may have rear seats.
seat heater may cause burns. To
reduce the risk of burns, people { Danger
with such a condition should use
care when using the seat heater, Ensure the rear seatbacks are
especially for long periods of securely in place.
time. Do not place anything on Do not adjust the rear seatback
the seat that insulates against while the vehicle is moving. This
heat, such as a blanket, cushion, could cause damage or injuries to
To warm the seat:
cover, or similar item. This may the occupants.
1. Start the engine. cause the seat heater to
overheat. An overheated seat Do not allow passengers to sit on
2. Press the switch M. heater may cause a burn or may the folded seatbacks while the
Low heat setting - 1 LED damage the seat. vehicle is in motion. Unrestrained
illuminates luggage or passengers on a
Do not fit any seat cover (except folded seatback could be thrown
High heat setting - 2 LEDs genuine Holden accessory within or ejected from the vehicle
illuminate covers) to heated seats. in a sudden stop or accident.
To turn the heater off:
1. Return the switch M to the
centre position. Caution
LEDs extinguish
Do not trap the seat belt when
returning the seatback to the
upright position.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

To fold the rear seatbacks down: Armrest Seat Belts
1. Unbuckle the centre seat belt by
inserting the ignition key tip into
the slot.
2. Allow the belt to retract slowly.
Caution
Do not let go of the unbuckled
seat belt until it is fully retracted.
3. Crew cab: pull up on either the

single centre, or both outboard
seatback release straps. Unfold the armrest by pulling
4. Fold the seatback forwards. downwards from the top. { Warning
To return the seat back to the Seat belts are designed to bear
upright position: upon the bony structure of the
1. Lift the seatback upwards and body, and should be worn low
push firmly back into place to across the front of the pelvis or
secure. the pelvis, chest and shoulders,
as applicable; wearing the lap
2. Reconect and secure the centre
section of the belt across the
seat belt, making sure it is not
abdominal area must be avoided.
twisted.
(Continued)
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) { Warning

Seat belts should be adjusted as or prevent the seat belt assembly Incorrect handling (e.g. removal
firmly as possible, consistent with from being adjusted to remove or fitting of belts or belt buckles)
comfort, to provide the protection slack. can deploy the belt tensioners
for which they have been The belts lock during heavy with risk of injury.
designed. A slack belt will greatly acceleration or deceleration for
reduce the protection afforded to the safety of the occupants. . When the belt tensioners have
the wearer.
been deployed, 9 illuminates on
Care should be taken to avoid Note the instrument panel. See Seat
contamination of the webbing with Belt Reminders 0 72.
Make sure that the belts are neither
polishes, oils and chemicals, and damaged by shoes or sharp-edged . Deployed belt tensioners must
particularly battery acid. objects or trapped. Prevent dirt from be replaced.
Belts should not be worn with getting into the belt retractors. . Belt tensioners are only
straps twisted. triggered once.
Belt Force Limiters
Each belt assembly must only be
On front seat three point belts,
used by one occupant. It is stress on the body is reduced by the { Warning
dangerous to put a belt around a gradual release of the belt during a
child being carried on the Do not attach or install objects
collision.
occupant's lap. that may interfere with the
Belt Tensioners operation of the belt tensioners.
No modifications or additions
should be made by the user In the event of a front, side or rear Do not make any modifications to
which will either prevent the seat collision of a certain severity, the belt tensioner components.
belt adjusting devices from driver's and/or front passenger's
operating to remove slack, three point seat belts are tightened.
(Continued)
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Three-Point Seat Belt Height Adjustment
Fitting
Loose or bulky clothing hinders the

belt from fitting snugly. Do not place
objects such as handbags or mobile 1. Pull the belt out slightly.
phones between the belt and 2. Pull the button.
Withdraw the belt from the reel, your body.
guide it untwisted across the body 3. Adjust height and engage.
and push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks. Tension the lap
{ Danger { Warning
belt regularly while driving by The belt must not rest against
tugging the shoulder belt. hard or fragile objects in the Adjust the height so that the belt
pockets of your clothing. lies across the shoulder. It must
not lie across the throat or
upper arm.
Do not adjust while driving.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Removing Seat Belt Use During Verify that the belts have no sign of
deterioration or have not been
Pregnancy jammed by a sharp object.
Seat Belt hardware should be kept
{ Warning dry and free of dust or debris. As
The lap belt must be positioned necessary, exterior hard surfaces
as low as possible across the and seat belt webbing may be lightly
pelvis to prevent pressure on the cleaned with mild soap and water.
Ensure there is not excessive dust
abdomen.
or debris in the mechanism. If dust
or debris exists in the system please
Seat belts work for everyone, see the dealer. Parts may need to
including pregnant women. Like all be replaced to ensure proper
occupants, they are more likely to functionality of the system.
To release the belt, press the red be seriously injured if they do not
button on the belt buckle. wear a seat belt. { Warning
The belt will automatically return to A pregnant woman should wear a
three point belt with the lap portion Care should be taken to avoid
its original position, if required pull contamination of the webbing with
the buckle downward and then of the belt worn as low as possible
below the rounding of their stomach, polishes, oils and chemicals, and
release it, so that the belt will be
throughout the pregnancy. particularly battery acid.
fully retracted.
Seat Belt Care
Seat Belts should be properly cared
for and maintained.
Do not make any changes to the
seat belt system.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Caution Airbag System { Warning

When deployed, airbags inflate
. The complete belt system WARNING – EXTREME
within milliseconds. They also
should be inspected and deflate so quickly that it is often HAZARD!
verified by a technician on a unnoticeable during the collision.
regular basis. Do not use a rearward facing
child restraint on a seat protected
. The seat belt, which was
exposed to an accident, has
{ Danger by an airbag in front of it!
to be replaced by a Do not make any modifications to The child could be seriously
new one. the airbag system. injured if the airbag inflates, as
the child's head would be very
The driver should sit back as far close to the inflating airbag.
Replacing Seat Belt as possible while still maintaining
control of the vehicle. Sitting too Remember that it is safest for
System Parts after a children to be seated in the rear
close to the airbag can cause
Crash death or serious injury when it seats. See Child Restraint
inflates. Systems 0 47.
{ Warning Always wear a seat belt.
It is essential to replace the entire
assembly after it has been worn { Warning
in a severe impact even if Airbags are part of the
damage to the assembly is not supplemental restraint system
obvious. (SRS) as they assist, but do not
replace seat belts. Airbags do not
deploy in every accident. Various
factors dictate whether they
(Continued)
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Front Airbag System
Warning (Continued) { Warning
deploy including speed, angle of The horn pad must not be
collision and object hit. Airbags covered with adhesive or any
are not designed to inflate if the other material.
vehicle is hit from the rear or is The driver should adjust the seat
involved in a rollover. Seat belts as far rearward as possible while
must be worn by all passengers still maintaining control of the
whenever the vehicle is moving. vehicle.
Airbags inflate with great force.
If you are too close to an inflating
airbag it may cause injury.
Seat belts help keep you in
{ Warning
position for airbag inflation in the The front airbag system consists of Do not place any objects on or
event of a collision. one airbag in the steering wheel, over the instrument panel or
one in the instrument panel on the between an airbag and yourself.
passenger's side and a knee airbag
See Airbag and Seat Belt Tensioner in the lower part of the driver's side Do not hang anything from the
Light 0 73. instrument panel. sun visor or mirror.
These can be identified by the word Passengers must not rest their
AIRBAG. feet on the instrument panel.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Side Airbag System
Front airbags will inflate in certain SIAB deploy in most, but not all,
severe frontal or near frontal severe side impacts.
impacts. Front airbags are not The vehicle may have Side Impact Because there is limited time
designed to inflate if the vehicle is Airbags (SIAB) that are stored in the available to detect some side
struck from the side, rear or in sides of the front seats, the side impacts, it is not possible to deploy
rollovers. Always wear a seat belt. closest to the door. the SIAB in all serious accidents.
SIAB are identified by the labels A SIAB will deploy in certain severe
with the words SRS AIRBAG on side impacts. SIAB are not designed
the seatback. to inflate if the vehicle is struck from
the front, rear, or in rollovers.
Always wear a seat belt.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Curtain Airbag System
{ Warning
Do not fit unauthorised seat
covers as they may impair the
deployment of the Side Impact
Airbags (SIAB).
Do not position your body or any
object (including pillows) between
front seats and doors.
Do not lean on, or sleep against,
the door. Always sit centrally in . The curtain airbags deploy in
the seat. most, but not all severe side
Always wear a seat belt. . Curtain airbags are stored in the impacts.
roof on each side of the vehicle. . The risk of injury to the head in
. They can be identified by the the event of a side impact is
word AIRBAG on the roof pillars. considerably reduced.
{ Warning
Do not position your body or any
object (including pillows) in the
area in which the airbag inflates.
There must be no objects in the
area in which the airbag inflates.
(Continued)
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Seats, associated parts and Child Restraints
Warning (Continued) hardware must also be checked and
replaced as required.
Refer to the illustration. Child Restraint Systems
The airbag system should also be
Use the hooks above the doors
only to hang up light articles of
inspected after an accident if:
{ Warning
clothing. . The instrument panel area or
steering wheel is scratched, WARNING – EXTREME
Do not place any objects in the cracked or damaged. HAZARD!
pockets of the hanging items.
. The front seats and upholstery Do not use a rearward facing
Do not hold onto the assist grips are damaged. child restraint on a seat protected
(above the doors) while seated in by an airbag in front of it!
. The headliner or trim panels are
the vehicle.
damaged. The child could be seriously
Do not lean on, or sleep against injured if the airbag inflates, as
It is recommended that this work be
the front or rear doors. Always sit carried out by a Holden Dealer or the child's head would be very
centrally in the seat. approved repairer. close to the inflating airbag.
Always wear a seat belt. Remember that it is safest for
children to be seated in the rear
Replacing Airbag System seats.
Parts after a Crash
Note
After an accident where airbags
have deployed, the systems,
associated parts and hardware must
be checked and replaced as
required.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
{ Warning { Warning
This manual provides you with Always ensure that the seat belt
general information concerning fits firmly around the child
child restraints only. restraint, as applicable to the type
The driver is required by law to of restraint used.
ensure that passengers and pets If a child cannot see out of the
are suitably restrained. In most window, do not raise him/her by
States and Territories of Australia means of an ordinary cushion.
and New Zealand, specific laws It will not stay in place in a
may exist which require children collision and the child can slip out
to be seated in approved child of the straps and become
{ Warning restraints and/or in certain entangled.
SPACE CAB locations within the vehicle.
Do not use child restraints on the Holden strongly recommends that Child restraint seat belt
front and/or rear seats. These you refer to your specific State or locking feature
vehicles are NOT fitted with child Territory regulations to determine
(Crew cab)
restraint anchorage points. which child restraint and seat
location is suitable for your child. The rear seat belts have a child
SINGLE CAB restraint locking feature.
Do not use a child restraint on the When engaged, this feature
front passenger’s seat. These prevents the seat belt from being
vehicles are NOT fitted with child loosened without releasing the
restraint anchorage points. buckle.
To engage:
1. Clip the metal tongue into the
buckle.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

2. Pull the shoulder belt all the evenly spread over the baby's back,
way out of the retractor to set with minimal jarring to the { Warning
the lock. When the retractor vulnerable head and neck area.
lock is set, the belt can be Always move the passenger’s
tightened but not pulled out of Young children seat as far back as it will go
the retractor. Forward facing child seats are for before installing a booster seat.
use when the child is able to sit and This locates the child as far from
3. To tighten the belt around the the passenger’s airbag as
installed child seat, push down easily hold their head upright.
possible.
on the child restraint, pull the Booster seats
shoulder portion of the belt to Remember that it is safest for
tighten the lap portion of the children to be seated in the rear
belt and feed the shoulder belt seats.
back into the retractor.
4. Try to pull the belt out of the Older children
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 2 to 4.
5. To remove, press the release
button on the buckle and allow
the belt to fully retract.
Selecting the right system Booster seats are for when children
outgrow a typical forward facing
Infants child seat, but are still too small for
Rearward facing infant capsules are three point seat belts.
designed so that in the event of a
collision, impact forces will be
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

A child should use a normal three
point seat belt only when: Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
. They can sit against the back of Only child restraints that have Where legally allowable, you may
the rear seat with knees bent clips to attach to the vehicle's install a forward-facing child
comfortably at the edge of anchorage fittings are to be used. restraint in the front seat, but
the seat. Other types of child restraints always move the passenger’s
. The lap belt rests low and snug may not attach securely to this seat as far back as it will go.
across the hips, not across the type of anchor. Child restraint anchorages are
stomach.
Use only Standards Australia and designed to withstand only those
. The sash belt is centred on the New Zealand approved child loads imposed by correctly fitted
shoulder and chest. restraints and harnesses. Only child restraints. Under no
. They are able to stay seated like purchase a child restraint which circumstances are they to be
this for the entire trip. carries the appropriate Standards used for adult seat belts,
Australia sticker of approval. harnesses, or for attaching other
Where to Put the Australian States and Territories items or equipment to the vehicle.
Restraint and New Zealand have laws
restricting the seating of children
The vehicle may have child restraint
anchorage points.
in the front passenger’s seat. In
most jurisdictions, children under
{ Warning
4 years should not be seated in SPACE CAB
{ Warning the front passenger’s seat. Check Do not use child restraints on the
It is safest for children to be your local road safety regulations front and/or rear seats. These
seated in the rear seat. before seating a child in the vehicles are NOT fitted with child
front seat. restraint anchorage points.
(Continued)
(Continued) (Continued)
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Warning (Continued)
ISOFIX Child Restraint top-tether straps to the top-tether
anchorage points. See Top Tether
Systems Child Restraint Systems 0 51.
SINGLE CAB (Crew cab)
Do not use a child restraint on the Top-Tether Child
front passenger’s seat. These Restraint Systems
vehicles are NOT fitted with child (Crew cab)
restraint anchorage points.
{ Warning
Do not fit a child restraint to a rear
folding jump seat or a seat
without a child restraint
anchorage point.
Fasten vehicle-approved ISOFIX
Note child restraint systems to the
If unsure about installing a child ISOFIX mounting brackets.
restraint, contact an approved Note
restraint fitting station or a Holden A. Front of vehicle
Ensure that seat belt buckles are
Dealer. placed out of the way of the The child restraint tether anchors
child seat. are located at the rear of the rear
seats in line with the three rear
ISOFIX mounting brackets are seating positions.
indicated by a label on the
seatback, as shown. In addition to
the ISOFIX mounting, fasten the
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Note
Use the child restraint anchors for
their designed purpose only.
Child restraint installation
When using a child restraint, read
the installation instructions supplied
with the child restraint and follow the
directions for fitting carefully.
The child restraint system should be
secured in conjunction with the
vehicle's seat belt.
Secure the child in the restraint in
accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
If unsure about installing a child
restraint anchor fitting, contact an
approved restraint fitting station or a
Holden Dealer.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Storage 53
Storage Storage Caution (Continued)
Compartments exposure or at high ambient
Storage Compartments temperatures as the tray may
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . . 53 Instrument Panel Storage become very hot.
Glovebox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Front Storage
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Luggage/Load Locations
Cargo Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Additional Storage Features
Tonneau Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Roof Rack System
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Information on Loading the Instrument panel upper storage.
Vehicle
Information on Loading the Caution
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 A storage compartment is located
Do not leave glasses, CDs, CD within each door.
cases or flammable items, e.g.
cigarette lighter, in the tray when
the vehicle is parked in direct sun
(Continued)
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
54 Storage
The vehicle may have a storage Cupholders
compartment located between the
front seats.
{ Warning
Glovebox To avoid scalding, never place hot
drinks in the cupholders.
Do not place uncovered
containers of liquid in the
cupholder while the vehicle is in
motion.
A bottle holder is located at the front

of the door storage compartment.
To open, pull the handle.
{ Warning
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or a sudden stop, always
keep the glovebox door closed
while driving. The vehicle may have cupholders
located in the centre console,
between the front seats.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Storage 55
Sunglasses Storage Armrest Storage
Press the latch and lift the

To open : Push the rear part of the armrest lid.
cover.
To close : Pull up cover and push it
until it latches into place.
Do not use it to store heavy objects.
Underseat Storage
The vehicle may have rear seat
storage compartments. 1. To access, lift the seat cushion.
2. To open the storage box, lift
the lid.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
56 Storage
Cable Routing Luggage/Load
Locations
Cargo Area
Tailgate
Use the recesses as shown to

prevent the cable from being
A USB and auxiliary port is located pinched when the armrest is closed.
in the armrest storage compartment.
To accommodate USB or auxiliary
cable routing, recesses are
provided.
. To open, pull the centre handle
and lower the tailgate.
. To close, raise the tailgate and
press the upper sides until it
engages.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Storage 57
Load Limit on the Tailgate Load Limit on the Rear Additional Storage
Bumper
Features
Tonneau Cover
Soft Tonneau Cover
The vehicle may have a soft
tonneau cover.
The Tonneau Cover is used to
PARTIALLY protect the load
compartment and the items inside of
it from rain or dirt.
The cover is made of flexible
To avoid damage to the tailgate, material to facilitate handling,
limit the load placed on it: The maximum load on the rear opening and closing.
. Load placed in a single bumper is 100 kg.
For cleaning, use only water, mild
concentrated area: 100 kg soap, and a sponge or flannel.
. Load which is evenly distributed: Avoid using self-shine products
150 kg (silicone etc.).
Caution
Never use chemical or abrasive
products for cleaning the tonneau
cover.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
58 Storage
After assembling the tonneau cover 4. Starting from the rear, use the
set, follow the procedure below for finger loops to pull the cover's
installing: plastic strip over the slot
There are two different types of soft provided around the top edge
tonneau cover with different of the load area.
installation procedures. 5. Push down with your hands to
Installation (Tonneau cover 1): smooth the rear strip into place
along the slot.
6. After the cover is attached at
the rear, fit along both sides
beginning at the front of the
vehicle.
3. Push down along the front
edge of the cover until it is 7. Where a sports bar is fitted,
secure. wrap the velcro strips around
the sports bar on each side
and attach.
Note
The cover may be tight to fit
when new.
1. Slide the bow through the Removal:
tonneau bow support bracket.
1. Using the finger loops
2. Place the tonneau cover provided, remove the cover by
roughly in position with the tags pulling the loops out and up.
positioned at the sides and rear
2. From underneath the cover,
of the vehicle.
remove the bar on one side, by
pushing it towards the front of
the vehicle and tilting down.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Storage 59
The other end of the bar will 4. Underneath the cover there is 2. Place the other end of the rear
follow. a cord with attaching clips. cross member into the rail.
3. For storage, fold the cover, Working around the vehicle, Align the cross member ends
ensuring the plastic sides are place the clips in the slot with the existing labels at the
not bent. provided. top of the rail.
4. Place in a secure location to 5. To remove the cover, pull the 3. Repeat the procedure above
prevent damage to the cover. clips out and up. for installing the front cross
member.
Fitting the Tonneau Cover with Installation (Tonneau cover 2):
High Loads 1. Place one side of the rear Caution
cross member into the inner
side of the rail. Never use the tonneau cover
without the cross members.
It provides support for the stretch
cover when the vehicle is moving
and prevent water accumulation
on top of the cover.
Caution
Never put weight on the cross
1. Remove the bow if required. members or on any point of the
tonneau cover.
2. Attach the front of the cover.
See Soft Tonneau Cover.
3. Lay the remainder of the cover
roughly in position.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
60 Storage
If you use the load
compartment with the tonneau
cover open, first roll up the
tonneau cover and then secure
with the straps.
5. Attach the flexible sides of the
tonneau cover in to the side rail
support.
6. Lock the tonneau cover
bearings to the rail bearings.
After that, apply downward
pressure with your hand until it
4. Stretch the tonneau cover on In order to open the tonneau cover,
locks.
the load compartment, fitting lower the tailgate and pull the
the rear beam in to the side rail release lever on the underside of
support without locking it. Caution the tonneau cover down.
Make sure that both sides of the
tonneau cover are fastened to the Caution
bearings and rail before locking,
in order to avoid damage. When opening the cover, do not
move the lever to the side,
only down.
Caution
Before closing the tailgate, make Caution
sure the vehicle keys are not
inside of the load compartment. Lubricate the tonneau cover
locking pin monthly.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Storage 61
Caution Caution (Continued) Roof Rack System

. Distribute the load evenly and
When locking or unlocking the . Use of the cover without secure tightly with straps.
tonneau cover, operate the lever being fully closed or
gently. properly rolled up and . When carrying loads on the roof
secured with the straps. rack/ladder rack (elevated load),
avoid hard braking, abrupt
. Improper cleaning. swerving or sharp steering.
Caution . Improper installation. Roof rack/ladder rack elevated
. Modification of the original loads alter the handling of a
Do not use the Sport Bar as a
product design or removal vehicle.
support for bracing the load (if
of the manufacturing series
equipped). number. { Warning
The total elevated load, including
Caution the weight of the cross bars, must
not exceed 75 kg. Distribute the
The tonneau cover warranty does load evenly.
not apply in the following cases:
. Damage from collision. Note
. Damage from carrying The weight of the cross bars/ladder
sharp, pointed objects or racks and the load must be included
objects exceeding the when calculating the total
vehicle bucket height. vehicle load.
. Misuse of the cover
fastening system.
(Continued)
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
62 Storage
Information on See Tyre Pressure 0 279.
. Place heavier objects at the
Loading the Vehicle bottom.
. Do not drive with the
{ Danger tailgate open.
Do not stack objects higher than . Under no circumstances should
the front seats. people or animals be in the load
Do not allow passengers to sit on compartment while the vehicle is
the folded seatbacks while the moving.
vehicle is in motion. Serious . Do not exceed the maximum
injuries or death can result. load weights.
See Vehicle Weight 0 276.
. Place all heavy objects in the . Do not place any objects on the
load compartment as far forward instrument panel.
as possible.
. Ensure the backrests are
. Secure objects to prevent from securely engaged.
sliding or being thrown out.
. Do not place unsecured objects
Movement of heavy objects in in the passenger compartment.
the load compartment may
change the handling of the
vehicle.
. Distribute load weight evenly.
. Adjust the tyre pressures and
vehicle speed according to the
load conditions. Check and
retighten the straps frequently.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Instruments and Controls 63

Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Instruments and Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 73
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 73 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Controls Brake and Clutch System
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Trailer Indicator Light
(If equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Information Displays
Instrument Panel Overview Driver Information
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 64 Upshift light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . 75 Centre (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Controls Descent Control System . . . . . . . 75 Vehicle Messages
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 65 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 66 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Warning Chimes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 75 Battery Voltage and Charging
Windscreen Wiper/Washer . . . . . 67 Electronic Stability Control Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 (ESC) Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . 75 Brake System Messages . . . . . . 82
Electronic Stability Control Cruise Control Messages . . . . . . 82
Warning Lights, Gauges, and (ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Indicators Door open messages . . . . . . . . . . 82
Traction Control System Engine Cooling System
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Traction Control System (TCS) Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . 83
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Engine Power Messages . . . . . . 83
Pre-Heat Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . . 83
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Tyre Pressure Monitoring
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Diesel Particulate Filter
System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . 77
Engine Coolant Temperature Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 84
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 77 Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Immobiliser Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Object Detection System
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . . 78 Ride Control System
Airbag and Seat Belt Tensioner Rear Fog Lamp Light Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 (If equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Airbag System Messages . . . . . . 84
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
64 Instruments and Controls

Anti-theft Alarm System Instrument Panel Overview
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Service Vehicle Messages . . . . . 85
Steering System Messages . . . . 85
Tyre Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Transmission Messages . . . . . . . 86
Vehicle Reminder Messages . . . 87
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . . 87
Vehicle Personalisation
Vehicle Personalisation . . . . . . . . 87
Note 4. Antilock Brake System (ABS)

Not all indicators may be available. 0 74
1. Engine oil pressure 0 77 5. Cruise control 0 78
2. Malfunction Indicator Lamp 6. Seat Belt Reminders 0 72
0 73 7. Turn Signal 0 71
3. Electronic Stability Control 8. Electronic Stability Control 0 75
(ESC) Off Light 0 76
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

9. Vehicle Ahead Indicator 0 75 25. Airbag and Seat Belt Tensioner Controls
10. Brake and Clutch System 0 74 Light 0 73
11. Traction Control System 26. Trailer Indicator Light Steering Wheel
(If equipped) 0 78
Warning Light 0 76 Adjustment
12. Seat Belt Reminders 0 72 27. Pre-Heat Light 0 76
13. Charging System Light 0 73 28. Rear Fog Lamp Light

(If equipped) 0 78
14. Fuel Gauge 0 70
29. Front Fog Light 0 78
15. Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge 0 71
16. Driver Information Centre (DIC)
0 78
17. Lamps On Reminder 0 78
18. Four-Wheel-Drive Light 0 75
19. Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light 0 75 Unlock the lever, adjust the steering
20. Descent Control System (DCS) wheel, then engage the lever and
0 204 ensure it is fully locked.
21. Turn Signal 0 71 Do not adjust steering wheel unless
vehicle is stationary and steering
22. High Beam 0 77
wheel lock has been released.
23. Tyre Pressure Monitoring
System Light 0 76
24. Immobiliser 0 77
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Steering Wheel Controls Horn
The Cruise Control and the Forward

Collision Alert can be operated by
the controls on the steering wheel.
The infotainment system can be Press a.
operated by the controls on the See Cruise Control 0 205.
steering wheel.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 100 System 0 207.
or Steering Wheel Controls
(If equipped) 0 152.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Windscreen Wiper/ INT : Intermittent operation Automatic wiping with rain
Washer LO : Continuous wipe, slow speed sensor (If equipped)
HI : Continuous wipe, fast speed INT : automatic wiping with rain
Windscreen Wiper sensor
For a single wipe of the windscreen
when the windscreen wipers are off, The rain sensor detects the amount
push the lever upwards. of water on the windscreen and
automatically regulates the
Adjustable Wiper Interval frequency of the windscreen wiper.
Adjustable sensitivity of the rain
sensor (If equipped)
Caution
Do not operate the windscreen
wipers on dry glass or when
covered with snow or ice, as this During intermittent operation, adjust
will damage the rubber and the wiper interval:
scratch the glass. . For frequent intervals, rotate the Turn the adjuster wheel to adjust the
wheel downwards. sensitivity:
1x : Single wipe . For longer intervals, rotate the Low sensitivity : Turn adjuster
OFF : Off wheel upwards. wheel upwards
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

High sensitivity : Turn adjuster sensitivity when the ignition is
wheel downwards switched on, the windscreen wipers Caution
operate once to check the system.
Do not operate the windscreen
Caution Windscreen Washer washer for more than a few
Switch off the windscreen wiper seconds or when the washer fluid
and automatic operation with rain reservoir is empty.
sensor in car washes. Do not spray washer fluid on the
windscreen in freezing weather.
Switch the wipers off when in a
car wash.
Power Outlets
Pull the lever rearwards to wash the

windscreen.
Washer fluid is sprayed onto the
windscreen and the wipers operate.
Keep the sensor free from dust, dirt
and ice.
If you move the wiper to rain sensor
mode or turn the adjuster wheel
from low sensitivity to high
The 12V power outlets are located
on the front panel.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Caution (Continued) Warning Lights,

With the ignition off and all doors
Gauges, and
closed, the power outlets will be Indicators
deactivated after 10 minutes. The following warning lights and
Additionally, the power outlets are reminders may appear on the
deactivated in case of low battery instrument panel.
voltage.
A chime sounds with most warning
Do not connect any lights and indicators.
current-delivering accessories,
e.g., electrical charging devices Speedometer
A 12V power outlet may be located or batteries.
on the back of the front centre Do not damage the sockets by
console. using unsuitable plugs.
Note
Quantity and positioning of power
outlets depends on vehicle version.
Caution
Do not exceed the maximum
power consumption of 120 Watts
per power outlet.
(Continued)
Shows vehicle speed in kilometres
per hour (km/h).
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Odometer Tachometer Fuel Gauge
Shows distance travelled in Shows engine speed in thousands Shows the level of fuel in the tank.
kilometres. of revolutions per minute (RPM). If the fuel level is low:
Drive at a low engine speed/range
Trip Odometer for each gear, as much as possible. . . illuminates.
The Trip display shows the current . A chime sounds.
distance travelled since the last { Warning . A message is displayed. Refuel
reset of the trip odometer. immediately.
Do not allow the needle to remain
See Driver Information Centre (DIC)
in the warning/red zone.
0 78. { Danger
Before refuelling, stop the vehicle
and switch the engine off.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Note Engine Coolant and the Driver Information Centre
. The arrow on the fuel gauge will also display a message. Seek
symbol indicates the side of the
Temperature Gauge the assistance of a Holden Dealer.
vehicle the fuel door is on. See Driver Information Centre (DIC)
. Never run the tank dry. 0 78.
. If you operate the ignition switch
while refuelling, the fuel gauge { Warning
may not indicate the correct fuel
Do not continue driving with the
level.
temperature gauge needle in the
. On inclines, the fuel gauge may red area. The engine is too hot.
not indicate the correct fuel level
due to movement of the fuel in Continued operation of an
the tank. overheated engine will result in
severe engine damage. See
Engine Coolant 0 232.
Shows the engine coolant
temperature.
Turn Signal
Left area : Regular operating
temperature not yet reached . Push the lever in the same
direction the steering wheel is
Central area : Normal operating turned.
temperature
Right area : Temperature too high
. G flashes.
If the engine is too hot, the gauge G also flashes when the
pointer will move toward the red hazard warning is activated.
area, a warning chime will activate,
. If G flashes quickly, see Bulb
Replacement 0 237.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

See Fuses 0 242 and Turn and a specific distance or speed, a This cycle continues several times if
Lane-Change Signals 0 91. chime sounds and the control the passenger remains or becomes
indicator flashes for several unbuckled while the vehicle is
Seat Belt Reminders seconds. moving.
If the driver seat belt is already If the passenger seat belt is
fastened, neither the control buckled, neither the chime nor the
indicator nor the chime comes on. light comes on.
See Seat Belts 0 39. The front passenger seat belt
If Seat Belt Reminder is active the warning light and chime may turn on
Rear Parking Assistance chime will if an object is put on the seat such
not operate. as a briefcase, handbag, grocery
> for driver's seat illuminates or bag, laptop, or other electronic
flashes red. Passenger Seat Belt Reminder device. To turn off the warning light
When the ignition is switched on, (If equipped) and/or chime, remove the object
this control indicator is activated and from the seat or buckle the
remains active for some seconds, to seat belt.
remind the driver to fasten the
Rear Passenger Seat Belt
seat belt.
Reminder (If equipped)
Soon after the ignition is switched
on or the engine is started, the
control indicator begins to flash, and
also a chime sounds, for a few C for passenger's seat illuminates
seconds. Then the control indicator or flashes red.
stops flashing and illuminates until When the vehicle is started this light
the driver seat belt is fastened. flashes and a chime may sound to
Additionally, if the driver remains remind passengers to fasten their >>> for rear passenger's seat
with the seat belt unfastened while seat belt. Then the light stays on appears on Driver Information
the vehicle is moving, after reaching solid until the belt is buckled. Centre.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

When the engine starts, the Malfunction
symbols will be displayed in the { Warning Indicator Lamp
lower part of the DIC. If a rear seat
belt is buckled, the corresponding Have any fault in the airbag or
. The * warning light
symbol will dim. belt tensioner system repaired
immediately by a Holden Dealer. illuminates when the ignition is
Once the vehicle is travelling over turned on to show that the light
10 km/h for approximately is working.
10 seconds, the symbols will See Seat Belts 0 39 and Airbag
extinguish. If a rear seat belt is System 0 43. . If the * warning light
unbuckled whilst driving, a chime illuminates or flashes while
will sound and the corresponding Charging System Light driving, there is a problem with
symbol will flash in the DIC. the emission monitoring system.
The " warning light illuminates for Contact a Holden Dealer.
Airbag and Seat Belt a short time when the ignition is
turned on to show that the light is
. The * warning light may also
Tensioner Light working. illuminate to indicate there is a
malfunction in the Diesel Particle
. The 9 warning light illuminates If " illuminates while the engine is Filter (DPF). Contact a Holden
for a short time when the ignition running, there is a problem with the Dealer.
is turned on to show that the charging system: . To avoid serious damage to the
light is working.
1. Stop the vehicle and switch off vehicle, reduce vehicle speed,
. If the 9 warning light does not the engine. avoid hard acceleration, avoid
illuminate, does not extinguish steep uphill gradients and if
2. Contact a Holden Dealer.
after few seconds or illuminates towing a trailer, reduce the
while driving, there is a problem amount of cargo as soon as
with the airbag or belt tensioner possible.
system.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Brake and Clutch System If the parking brake has not been Note
fully released and the vehicle is The braking system will still operate,
Warning Light moving, after reaching a certain but without the assistance of
$ illuminates red. speed, the chime comes on and the the ABS.
Driver Information Centre also
Illuminates when the parking brake See Antilock Brake System 0 200.
displays a message, see Driver
is applied, if the brake fluid level is
Information Centre (DIC) 0 78.
too low, or if there is a brake system Upshift light
failure, see Brake Fluid 0 234.
Antilock Brake System Upshift Gear
{ Danger (ABS) Warning Light *: For vehicles with manual
The ! warning light illuminates for transmission, the upshift indicator
If the brake system warning light illuminates when a higher gear is
illuminates, check the brake fluid a short time when the ignition is
turned on to show the light is recommended for fuel economy,
level and contact an authorised avoiding high engine revolutions.
working.
dealer immediately. Lower engine revolutions generally
Carefully stop the vehicle and turn allow for greater fuel economy.
If the brake fluid level in the
the engine off if the light:
reservoir is low, do not drive the
vehicle. . Does not flash or stays on when { Danger
the ignition key is turned on.
This may mean your brakes are The recommendation for upshift is
not working properly. Driving with . Remains on while driving.
only an aid to the driver and not
malfunctioning brakes can cause If both the ! and the $ warning substitute the driver attention.
personal injuries and damage to lights illuminate, there is a problem Choosing the right gear is the
your vehicle and other property. with both the ABS and the braking driver's responsibility and
system. Contact a Holden Dealer depends on the driving situation,
Illuminates after the ignition is immediately. such as overtaking, towing or hilly
switched on if the manual parking stretches.
brake is applied, see Parking Brake
0 201.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Four-Wheel-Drive Light Illuminates after pressing the 5 The indicator will display amber
button to indicate that the system is when you are following a detected
C The four-wheel-drive light comes enabled if vehicle speed is below vehicle ahead too closely.
on when the transfer case is shifted
into four-wheel drive and the front 50 km/h. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
axle engages. See Descent Control System (DCS) System 0 207.
Some delay between the shifting 0 204.
and the light coming on is normal.
Electronic Stability
Lane Departure Warning Control (ESC) Indicator
See Four-Wheel Drive.
(LDW) Light Light
Descent Control System If equipped, @ located in the centre . The G warning light illuminates
of the instrument cluster illuminates for a short time when the ignition
briefly while starting the engine. If it is turned on to show that the
does not illuminate, have the vehicle light is working.
serviced. . The light flashes while driving, to
@ illuminates green when LDW is show that the ESC is actively
on and ready to operate. helping the vehicle with road grip
@ changes to amber and flashes to and stability.
5 illuminates or flashes green.
indicate that a lane marking has . If the light illuminates or does
Flashes to indicate that the Descent been crossed without using a turn not extinguish while driving,
Control System (DCS) is activated, signal in that direction. contact a Holden Dealer
reducing the vehicle's speed. This immediately.
will occur at speeds between See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
approximately 7 km/h and 30 km/h 0 214. . See Driver Information Centre
(manual transmission) or (DIC) 0 78 and Electronic
approximately 4 km/h and 30 km/h Vehicle Ahead Indicator Stability Control (ESC) 0 203.
(automatic transmission).
If equipped, V illuminates green
when a vehicle is detected ahead.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Electronic Stability Illuminates Illuminates when the system is
deactivated.
Control (ESC) Off Light Illuminates for a few seconds after
the ignition is switched on. If the See Traction Control System (TCS)
. The g warning light illuminates system is working normally, the 0 202.
for a short time when the ignition indicator goes out.
is turned on to show that the
If the indicator does not go out after Pre-Heat Light
light is working.
a few seconds, there is a fault in the The preheating system activates
. If the light does not illuminate, system. It is possible to keep driving only if the outside temperature
contact a Holden Dealer. without Traction Control System is low.
(TCS) activated.
. g illuminates when the ESC is When the ignition is turned on, K
deactivated. Have the cause of the fault fixed by
may illuminate and will stay
a Holden dealer.
. See Driver Information Centre illuminated until the engine is
(DIC) 0 78 and Electronic Flashes sufficiently warmed.
Stability Control (ESC) 0 203. The indicator will flash during TCS, See Starting the Engine 0 189.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Traction Control System and/or Trailer Sway Control (TSC) Tyre Pressure Monitoring
Warning Light activation. System Light
See Traction Control System (TCS)
For vehicles with Tyre Pressure
0 202. See Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) 0 203. See Trailer Monitoring System (TPMS), 7
Sway Control (TSC) 0 223 illuminates briefly when the engine
is started.
Traction Control System When the Light Is On Steady
(TCS) Off Light If the light illuminates steady, this
G illuminates or flashes amber.
i illuminates amber. indicates that one or more of the
tyres are significantly under-inflated.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

A Driver Information Centre (DIC) Stop the vehicle as soon as . If the fuel tank is run to empty,
tyre pressure message may also possible and check the engine the fuel system must be bled.
display. See Tyre Messages 0 85. oil level. See Diesel Fuel System
Stop as soon as possible and inflate . See Engine Oil 0 230. Bleeding 0 237.
the tyres to the pressure value . Do not drive the vehicle with the See Fuel 0 216 and Fuel System
shown on the Tyre and Loading light illuminated. Contact a Messages 0 83.
Information label. See Tyre Holden Dealer.
Pressure 0 249. Immobiliser Light
When the Light Flashes First and Caution . The A warning light illuminates
Then Is On Steady for a short time when the ignition
If the light flashes for about a minute Engine damage may result if you is turned on to show that the
and then stays on, there may be a keep driving. Do not run the light is working.
problem with the TPMS. If the engine. If the oil level is normal,
have the system checked by the . If the light remains on, contact a
problem is not corrected, the light Holden Dealer.
will come on at every ignition cycle. nearest Holden Dealer.
See Tyre Pressure Monitor . See Immobiliser 0 26.
Operation 0 252.
Low Fuel Warning Light High-Beam On Light
Engine Oil Pressure Light The . warning light illuminates for
The 3 indicator light illuminates
a short time when the ignition is
. The : warning light when headlamp high beam is on.
turned on to show the light is
illuminates for a short time when working. See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
the ignition is turned on to show Changer 0 90.
that the light is working. . The light illuminates when the
fuel tank is approaching empty.
If the light illuminates while driving:
Add fuel as soon as possible.
. The oil pressure is
dangerously low.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Front Fog Lamp Light Cruise Control Light Information Displays
The vehicle may have front fog The vehicle may have cruise
lamps. control. Driver Information
# illuminates in the instrument . 5 illuminates on the instrument Centre (DIC)
cluster when the lamps are in use. panel when the cruise control The Driver Information Centre (DIC)
See Front Fog Lamps 0 91. has been set. is located in the instrument cluster.
. The light extinguishes when The DIC displays information about
Rear Fog Lamp Light cruise control is turned off. your vehicle. It also displays
warning messages if a system
(If equipped) . See Cruise Control 0 205. problem is detected.
s illuminates amber. See Vehicle Messages 0 81.
It illuminates when the rear fog light
Trailer Indicator Light
is on. (If equipped) Selecting Functions
H Illuminates when the trailer is The menus and functions can be
Lamps On Reminder connected to your vehicle. It will go selected by the buttons on the turn
out when the trailer is disconnected. signal lever.
; illuminates green.
It illuminates when the exterior
lamps are on, see Exterior Lamp
Controls 0 89.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Note Tyre Load
The following describes possible This display shows the current tyre
options. Some may not be available load. The tyre loads that can be
in your vehicle. selected are:
Vehicle Pages Light : Light loaded vehicle.
. Battery Voltage. ECO : Best Economy.
. Coolant Temperature. Max : Heavy loaded vehicle.
. Engine and Idle Hours. Transmission Fluid Temperature
. Tyre Load (if available). Displays the current transmission
. Transmission Fluid Temperature. fluid temperature.
Press MENU to switch between the
menus. . Speed Warning. Speed Warning
The following menus can be . Remaining Oil Life (if available). This mode allows you to set a
selected: warning signal for when a desired
. Tyre Pressure (if available). speed is exceeded.
. Vehicle Pages (Vehicle Battery Voltage
Information Menu) To set the speed warning, press the
This displays the current battery SET/CLR button and use the thumb
. Trip Computer (Trip/Fuel voltage. wheel to select the desired speed.
Information Menu) Press SET/CLR to confirm.
. ECO Menu Coolant Temperature
Remaining Oil Life
Displays the current coolant
Turn the adjusting knob to scroll Displays the current percentage of
temperature.
through the items in each menu or remaining oil life.
to set a numeric value. Engine and Idle Hours
To reset the engine oil life system
Press the SET/CLR button to select The hour meter is used to display see Engine Oil Life System 0 231.
a function or to confirm a message. the number of hours the engine has
been running.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Tyre Pressure The fuel range estimate is based on Instantaneous Fuel Economy
Displays the current tyre pressure. an average of the vehicle fuel Indicates the instantaneous fuel
economy over recent driving history economy of the vehicle to the user
Trip Pages and the amount of fuel remaining in reflecting the effect of acceleration
. the fuel tank. on fuel consumption
Digital Speedometer.
. When the fuel range estimate is less
Combined Trip 1 and Trip 2. Timer
than 64 km, a Fuel Level Low
. Fuel Range. message will appear on the Driver The timer function measures the
. Instantaneous fuel economy. Information Centre and the low fuel time that has passed since the last
control indicator will start to flash. reset, using the elapsed time.
. Timer.
See Low fuel 0 77. To reset the driving time to zero,
. Outside Air Temperature. press and hold the SET/CLR button
The distance can vary depending on
Digital Speedometer driving patterns. for more than 1 second.
Indicates the vehicle speed. Note Outside Air Temperature
Combined Trip 1 and Trip 2 The display may differ from the Displays the outside temperature in
actual distance for remaining fuel degrees Celsius (°C).
Displays the current distance depending upon circumstances.
travelled, average vehicle fuel Eco Pages
consumption and average vehicle The driving distance for remaining
fuel can change by the driver . Eco Index.
speed since the last reset.
behaviour, the road conditions and . Economy Trend.
To reset, press and hold the SET/ the vehicle speed as it is calculated
CLR button. . Fuel Economy.
according to the changing fuel
Fuel Range efficiency. Eco Index
The Fuel Range display shows the This feature provides feedback to
approximate distance the vehicle the driver with a relative value of
can be driven without refuelling. how fuel efficient they are driving.
The percentage is determined
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

based on current fuel consumption .
compared to what is expected by
Vehicle Messages If a warning message appears in
the DIC.
the calibration settings. Messages are displayed on the DIC . If the parking assist detects an
or may be audible as a warning
A leaf is shown at ECO Index Page object.
chime.
when driving economically; this is . If parking assist is activated.
achieved when the indicator is in the . Not all messages are displayed
ECO area. on all vehicles. . If the vehicle speed exceeds the
. Some settings can be changed adjusted speed value.
Economy Trend
in the personalisation menu. When the Vehicle is Parked and/or
Displays the average fuel a Door is Opened
consumption of the last 50 km See Vehicle Personalisation 0 87.
travelled. Each column presents the . Until the engine starts, with the
average fuel consumption of the Caution key in the ignition switch.
last 5 km. . When exterior lamps are on with
Some of the following messages the engine off.
Fuel Economy require immediate action to
The current instantaneous fuel prevent vehicle or engine Battery Voltage and
economy with the average and best damage.
obtained are indicated by two Charging Messages
labelled arrows. The indicator slides Battery Saver Active
left and right within the bar Warning Chimes
depending the current This message displays when the
Warning chimes may sound as
instantaneous fuel economy. The vehicle detects that the battery
follows.
selectable ranges are 25 km, voltage is low. The battery saver
100 km, and 500 km. When Starting the Engine or while system may disable some vehicle
Driving features for battery saving and a
. If a seat belt is not fastened. message is displayed. Turn off
unnecessary accessories to allow
. If a certain speed is exceeded the battery to recharge.
with the parking brake applied.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Low Battery . See Hill Start Assist (HSA) Bonnet Open
This message displays when the 0 202. The message will display when the
battery voltage is low. Reduce Speed for Descent Control bonnet is open.
Service Battery Charging System System (DCS) Close the bonnet completely.
. The message is displayed when
This message displays when there
is a fault in the battery charging Descent Control System (DCS) Engine Cooling System
system. Contact a Holden Dealer. is active and vehicle speed Messages
exceeds 30 km/h.
. See Descent Control System Engine Overheated – Idle Engine
Brake System Messages
(DCS) 0 204. . The message displays and a
Brake Fluid Low continuous chime sounds if the
. The message is displayed when Cruise Control Messages engine cooling system reaches
the brake fluid level is low. unsafe temperatures for
Cruise Set to (...) Km/h operation.
. See Brake Fluid 0 234.
This message displays when the . Stop the vehicle as soon as it is
Release Parking Brake cruise control is set and shows the safe to do so. Allow the engine
. The message is displayed when speed it was set to, see Cruise to idle for a few seconds, then
the parking brake is on. Control 0 205. turn the engine off, to avoid
severe damage.
. Release the parking brake while Door open messages
driving the vehicle. . The message clears when the
Door Open engine has cooled to a safe
Hill Start Assist is Active operating temperature.
The message is displayed when
. The message is displayed when
one or more doors are open.
Hill Start Assist (HSA) is active
and is preventing rollback when Close the doors completely.
driving off, while on an incline.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. Have the problem repaired by a extinguishes. This may take up to
Caution Holden Dealer as soon as 30 minutes. See Diesel Particulate
possible. Filter 0 191.
Engine damage may result if the
engine is turned off immediately.
Fuel System Messages Diesel Partic. Filter is Full
Idle for a few seconds, then Continued Driving Mandatory
turn off. Fuel Level Low If the auto self clean has been
The message displays when the interrupted several times, this
Engine Oil Messages fuel level is low and remains message may be displayed and a
displayed until the fuel tank is filled chime may sound. Do not interrupt
Change Engine Oil Soon above the low fuel level. the cleaning process. Continue
driving the vehicle until the warning
This message displays when the Water in Fuel – Contact Service message extinguishes.
engine oil needs to be changed.
This message displays when the If the SVS (Service Vehicle Soon)
See Engine Oil 0 230 for more
fuel sensor detects water in the message turns on, the self-cleaning
information.
diesel fuel. See Fuel Filter 0 236 or process is not feasible. Contact a
contact a Holden Dealer.
Engine Power Messages dealer soon.
Engine Power is Reduced Diesel Particulate Filter If the diesel particulate filter is not
cleaned soon, the MIL (Malfunction
. The message displays when the Messages Indicator Lamp) will illuminate and
vehicle's engine power is the 'Engine Power is Reduced'
reduced.
Diesel Partic Filter is Full
Continue Driving message will be displayed. Vehicle
Note performance will be limited.
. Although the vehicle may still be This message will be displayed on
the DIC when diesel particulate filter See Diesel Particulate Filter 0 191,
drivable, the accelerator input Engine Power Messages 0 83 and
cleaning is required. To clean the
available may be limited, Malfunction Indicator Lamp 0 73.
filter, continue driving the vehicle
resulting in reduced power.
until the warning message
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Key and Lock Messages Service Parking Assist Traction Control OFF
Replace Battery in Remote Key This message displays if there is a This message displays when the
problem with the Parking Assist Traction Control (TC) system has
This message displays when the system. Do not use this system to been switched off manually by
battery in the Remote Keyless Entry help you park. See your dealer for pressing g on the instrument panel.
(RKE) transmitter needs to be service.
replaced.
Airbag System Messages
Ride Control System
Lamp Messages Messages Service Airbag
Check Brake Lamps This message displays if there is a
Service ESC problem with the airbag system.
This message displays if a brake Contact a Holden Dealer.
lamp bulb needs to be replaced. This message displays if there is a
problem with the Electronic Stability
See Tail lamps 0 240. Control and/or Traction Control Anti-theft Alarm System
system. Contact a Holden Dealer. Messages
Object Detection System ESC OFF
Messages Theft Attempted
This message displays when the This message displays if a theft has
Park Assist Off Electronic Stability Control system been attempted.
has been switched off manually by
This message displays when the While the ignition is on, press
Parking Assist system has been pressing g on the instrument panel.
MENU to clear the message.
turned off or when there is a Traction Control ON See Vehicle Personalisation 0 87
temporary condition causing the and Anti-theft Alarm System 0 26.
system to be disabled. This message displays when the
Traction Control (TC) system has Service Theft Deterrent System
been switched on manually by
This message displays if there is a
pressing g on the instrument panel. problem with the vehicle security
system. Contact a Holden Dealer.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Service Vehicle Messages Service Power Steering is relearning the tyre positions on
This message displays when there your vehicle. The tyre positions
Service Vehicle Soon is a problem with electric power must be relearned after rotating the
This message will be displayed on steering. Seek the assistance of a tyres or after replacing a sensor.
the DIC if there is a problem with Holden Dealership or Authorised See, Tyre Rotation 0 254, Tyre
the vehicle. Take your vehicle to a Repair Shop. See Steering 0 185. Pressure Monitor System 0 250,
dealer for service. and Tyre Pressure 0 249.
Tyre Messages Tyre Pressure Low Add Air
Steering System To Tyre
Service Tyre Monitor System
Messages If equipped with the Tyre Pressure
If equipped with the Tyre Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), this
Steering Assist Is Reduced Drive Monitor System (TPMS), this message displays when the
With Care message displays if a part on the pressure in one or more of the
This message may display if a system is not working properly. The vehicle's tyres is low. This message
problem occurs with the electric tyre pressure light also flashes and also displays with a vehicle picture
power steering system. If this then remains on during the same to indicate the location of the low
message appears, steering effort ignition cycle. See Tyre Pressure tyre. The low tyre pressure warning
may be slightly higher than normal. Monitoring System Light 0 76. light will also come on. See Tyre
The vehicle is still safe to drive. Use Several conditions may cause this Pressure Monitoring System Light
caution while in reduced assist message to appear. See Tyre 0 76. You can receive more than
mode. If this message is persistent Pressure Monitor Operation 0 252. one tyre pressure message at a
or appears repeatedly, take the If the warning comes on and stays time. If a tyre pressure message
vehicle to your dealer for service. on, there may be a problem with the appears on the DIC, stop as soon
See Steering 0 185. TPMS. See your dealer. as you can. Have the tyre pressures
Tyre Learning Active checked and set to those shown on
the Tyre and Loading Information
If equipped with the Tyre Pressure label.
Monitor System (TPMS), this See Tyre Pressure 0 249 and
message displays when the system Vehicle Weight 0 276. The DIC also
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

shows the tyre pressure values. See Grade Braking Active Service 4WD
Driver Information Centre (DIC) Vehicles with automatic This message displays when there
0 78. transmission: This message is a problem with the four-wheel
displays when the grade braking drive system. Contact a Holden
Transmission Messages feature has been activated while Dealer.
Press Clutch to Start Engine driving on downhill gradients.
4WD Shift in Progress
Vehicles with manual transmission: The message will only appear the
first time the feature activates in an This message displays while the
This message displays when four-wheel drive system is shifting.
attempting to start the engine ignition cycle. See 'Grade Braking'
without pressing the clutch pedal. under Automatic Transmission For 4WD Low Shift to Neutral
0 193.
Service Transmission This message displays if a
Transmission Hot – Idle Engine four-wheel drive shift into
This message displays if there is a Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested
problem with the automatic This message displays when
immediate action by the driver is and the vehicle speed is correct, but
transmission. Contact a Holden the transmission is not in
Dealer. necessary to prevent transmission
failure. N (Neutral).
Shift Denied To Exit 4WD Low Shift To Neutral
Stop the vehicle as soon as it is
Vehicles with automatic safe to do so and idle the engine This message displays if a
transmission: This message until the message turns off. four-wheel drive shift out of
displays when the transmission has Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested
not shifted to the selected gear as R
and the vehicle speed is correct, but
the current vehicle speed will result R displays when reverse gear is the transmission is not in
in an engine speed outside the engaged. N (Neutral).
suitable range. See Manual Mode
0 194.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

For 4WD Low Slow to 5 km/h Vehicle Reminder Vehicle
This message displays if a Messages Personalisation
four-wheel drive shift into
Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested Ice Possible. Drive with Care The behaviour of some vehicle
but the vehicle speed is too high. This message displays when icy functions can be personalised by
conditions are possible. changing settings in the
To Exit 4WD Low Slow to 5 km/h
Infotainment system. Also, some
This message displays if a Parking Assist Off personal settings for different drivers
four-wheel drive shift out of This message displays when the may able to be memorised
Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested Parking Assist (PA) system has individually for each vehicle key.
but the vehicle speed is too high. been turned off due to a fault. See See Memorised Settings 0 22.
Vehicle In 4WD Low Parking Assist 0 210. Note
This message displays if the vehicle Service Parking Assist . The following describes the
is driven in Four-Wheel Drive Low functions in the Vehicle menu.
This message displays if there is a
for about 10 minutes above For a description of other
problem with the PA system.
72 km/h. Settings menu items see
Contact a Holden Dealer.
Settings 0 138 or Settings 0 172.
4WD OFF . Depending on vehicle model and
Vehicle Speed Messages
This message displays when the options, some functions
four-wheel drive system is Selected Speed Limit Exceeded described below may not be
temporarily disabled due to This message displays when the available.
overheating. The vehicle will run in vehicle speed is greater than the . Some functions are only
two-wheel drive when this message adjusted set speed. displayed or active when the
is present. Once the four-wheel
engine is running.
drive system cools down, the
message turns off and the Press {, select SETTINGS and
four-wheel drive system returns to then Vehicle.
normal operation.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

The settings can be changed in the . Exit Lighting.
following corresponding submenus. ‐ Select the desired option from
. Climate and Air Quality. the list.
. Comfort and Convenience. Power Door Locks
. Lighting. . Auto Door Lock.
. Power Door Locks. ‐ Select On or Off.
. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
Climate and Air Quality . Remote Unlock Light Feedback.
. Auto Fan Speed. ‐ Select Off or Flash Lights.
‐ Select the desired option from . Remote Lock Feedback.
the list.
‐ Select the desired option from
. Auto Rear Defog. the list.
‐ Select On or Off. . Remote Door Unlock.
Comfort and Convenience ‐ Select All Doors or
. Chime Volume. Driver Door.
. Relock Remote Unlocked Doors.
‐ Press – or + to set the chime
volume. ‐ Select On or Off.
. Personalisation by Driver. . Remote Window Operation.
‐ Select On or Off. ‐ Select On or Off.
Lighting
. Vehicle Locator Lights.
‐ Select On or Off.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Lighting 89
Lighting Exterior Lighting 2 : Headlamps on.
When the exterior lamps are on, ;
Exterior Lamp Controls illuminates in the instrument cluster.
Exterior Lighting See Lamps On Reminder 0 78.
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 89
Automatic Light Control . . . . . . . . 89
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Automatic Light Control
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Headlamp Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Headlamp Levelling Control . . . . 90
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . 91
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Reverse Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Misted Light Covers . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Turn the switch.
Interior Lighting O : Activates or deactivates the
Instrument Panel Illumination automatic lamp control system. The
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 switch returns to AUTO. When the exterior lamp control
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 AUTO : Headlamps and exterior switch is set to AUTO, the system
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 lamps are switched on and off automatically turns the headlamps
automatically depending on external and tail lamps on, depending on the
Lighting Features exterior illumination conditions.
lighting conditions.
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 ; : Park lamps, number plate This function operates with a short
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 95 lamps and instrument panel lamps delay depending upon the ambient
are illuminated. lighting conditions.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
90 Lighting
If the windscreen wipers operate The DRL operate in high intensity in
eight continuous cycles when it is { Warning the following conditions:
dark outside, the exterior lamps . The ignition is in the ON/RUN
illuminate automatically. Always switch the high beam
headlamps to low beam when you position.
Headlamp High/ approach oncoming or other . The exterior lamp control is in
vehicles ahead. High beam the AUTO position.
Low-Beam Changer headlamps can temporarily . The engine is running and the
dazzle other drivers, which could shift lever is not in P.
result in a collision.
Headlamp Levelling
Headlamp Flash Control
To flash the high beam lights, pull
the lever rearwards and release.
The lights stay on for as long as the
lever is held.
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL)
To switch from low to high beam, DRL increase the visibility of the
push the lever. vehicle during daylight. The LEDs in
To switch to low beam, pull the the DRL can operate in two different
lever. intensities:
. Normal intensity for position
To set the headlamp level according
(park) lamps.
to vehicle load, turn the dial to the
. High intensity for DRL function. required position.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Lighting 91
0 or 1 : One person in the Turn and Lane-Change Front Fog Lamps
driver's seat.
Signals The vehicle may have front fog
1 or 2 : All the seats occupied. lamps.
2 or 3 : All seats occupied and load
compartment full.
Hazard Warning Flashers
Push the lever in the direction the

steering wheel is turned. The front fog lamps provide extra
To signal a lane change, push the illumination to the sides of the road
lever part way in the direction of the and improve visibility in fog or snow.
turn. The turn signals will flash three To switch the front fog lamps on:
Operated with the | button. times (six times when a trailer is
connected). 1. Rotate the lamp control to ;
Press again to turn the flashers off. or 2.
To cancel a lane change function,
The hazard warning flashers will push the lever in either direction.
activate automatically if the airbags 2. Press #.
deploy. A green arrow on the instrument
panel flashes when the lamps are in # illuminates on the instrument
operation. panel.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
92 Lighting
Reverse Lamps Interior Lighting Courtesy Lamps
The reverse lamps illuminate when
the ignition is on and reverse gear is Instrument Panel
engaged. Illumination Control
R is displayed on the DIC.
Misted Light Covers

Caution
Condensation may temporarily
appear on the inside of exterior
lamp lenses after rain or washing
the vehicle. Condensation occurs
when there is a temperature
Press 4.
difference between the inside and The courtesy lamp automatically
outside of the lamp allowing a fine turns on when a door is opened and
mist on the inside surface of the To adjust the instrument lighting turns off after the doors are closed.
lamp lens. This condensation will brightness:
disappear when the vehicle is in a 1. Rotate D.
dry environment or the lamp is on.
If water does collect in the lamp 2. Hold until the required
contact a Holden Dealer. brightness is reached.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Lighting 93
Reading Lamps Type 2
The vehicle may have reading
lamps.
The reading lamps are located
between the sun visors.
Type 1
Slide the switch:

OFF : Remains off. 1. Press the button to turn the
DOOR : Automatically switches on lamp on.
when a door is opened and turns off The passenger’s or driver’s
after the doors are closed. front lamp illuminates.
ON : Remains on. 2. Press again to turn the
Note lamp off.
1. Press the light area to turn a
To prevent the battery from Note
lamp on.
discharging, turn the lamp off when The reading lamps do not illuminate
the engine is not running. The passenger’s or driver’s when a door is opened.
front lamp illuminates.
{ Warning 2. Press again to turn the
lamp off.
Do not leave the courtesy lamp
on while driving in the dark.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
94 Lighting
Ticket Holder Lighting Features Exit Lighting
The interior lamps illuminate when
Entry Lighting the key is removed from the ignition
Entry lighting provides additional switch if the courtesy lamp switch is
security when returning to the not in the OFF position.
vehicle at night. The headlamps illuminate the way
for an adjustable time after leaving
Press " on the RKE transmitter. the vehicle.
The interior and exterior* lamps will
illuminate for a short time. To operate:
*: with the exterior lamp control 1. Turn the ignition off and
switch in AUTO. remove the key.
The lighting turns off when the 2. Open the driver's door.
The vehicle may have a parking ignition is turned to the ACC 3. Close the driver's door.
ticket holder located between the position.
reading lamps. Note
The settings for this function can be The exterior lamp control switch
Pull downwards slightly to insert a changed. See 'Vehicle Locator must be in the AUTO position.
ticket. Lights' in Vehicle Personalisation
0 87. The default setting activates the exit
lighting for 30 seconds after the
Caution Additionally, some interior lamps driver's door is closed.
and switches will illuminate when
Do not force the holder trying to fit the driver's door is opened. The activation time can be changed.
thick amounts of paper or hanging See Vehicle Personalisation 0 87.
objects, as this may cause the
holder to break.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Lighting 95
Battery Power Protection
To prevent discharge of the battery
when the ignition is off, some
interior lamps are turned off
automatically after some time.
If you turn off the ignition with the
exterior lamps on, they will
immediately turn off. If you turn the
exterior lamps on when the ignition
is off they will remain on.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
96 Infotainment System
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 150
Infotainment Global Positioning
System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
System Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . .
Problems with Route
122 Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Wheel Controls
151
MyLink with Built-in Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If the System Needs
122 (If equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
152
153
Navigation Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Radio
Introduction Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . 123 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Database Coverage Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Radio Reception (DAB) . . . . . . . 155
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . 97
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Voice Recognition Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 156
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 100 Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Audio Players
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Phone USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Radio Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Text Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Phone
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Apple CarPlay and Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Radio Reception (DAB) . . . . . . . 103 Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Apple CarPlay and
Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 104 Using Voice Recognition . . . . . . 137 Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Audio Players Settings Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . 170
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Settings
Auxiliary Jack (If equipped) . . . 107 Trademarks and Licence Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Agreements Trademarks and Licence
Navigation Trademarks and Licence Agreements
Using the Navigation Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Trademarks and Licence
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . 114
MyLink
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Introduction
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Infotainment System - MyLink with Built-in Navigation 97

Introduction Overview
{ Warning
Two infotainment systems are Read the following pages to
available. become familiar with the It is illegal to touch your phone
infotainment system features. when driving.
This section describes the
infotainment system with built-in Make sure that Bluetooth® is
Navigation system. For the system { Danger activated before driving. If not,
without built-in Navigation, see stop at a safe place to use a
Taking your eyes off the road for mobile phone.
Infotainment 0 149.
too long or too often while using
Note any infotainment feature can
Some functions of the Infotainment cause a crash. You or others The infotainment system has built-in
System may not be compatible with could be injured or killed. Do not features intended to help avoid
all phones or smartphones available give extended attention to distraction by disabling some
in the market. Such features also infotainment tasks while driving. functions when driving. These
depend on the connection with the Limit your glances at the vehicle functions may grey out when they
internet and the service offered by displays and focus your attention are unavailable. Many infotainment
phone companies and apps features are also available through
on driving. Use voice commands
availability. the steering wheel controls.
whenever possible.
Before driving:
Theft-Deterrent Feature . Become familiar with the
The infotainment system has an operation, faceplate buttons, and
electronic security system installed screen buttons.
to prevent theft. . Set up the audio by pre-setting
The infotainment system only works favourite stations, setting the
in the vehicle in which it was first tone, and adjusting the
installed, and cannot be used in speakers.
another vehicle.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
98 Infotainment System - MyLink with Built-in Navigation

. Set up phone numbers in 3. g or l (Seek)
advance so they can be called
easily by pressing a single . AM and FM: Press g or
button or by using a single voice l to seek to the previous
command if equipped with or next station with good
Bluetooth phone capability. reception.
Customer Care . AM and FM: Press and hold
g or l to go to the
Assistance is available to help with desired station.
Bluetooth pairing, application
downloading and installation, other 4. { (Home Page)
mobile device interface, and . Press to go to the Home
operation support of the 1. O (Power/Volume) Page from any point in the
infotainment system. Contact your
. Press to turn the audio on. system. See “Home Page”.
dealer for assistance.
. Press and hold to turn it off. 5. MENU
Infotainment System
. . Press to access the menu
The infotainment system is Press to mute the system.
Press again to unmute. for the current audio
controlled by using the touchscreen, source.
the buttons below the touchscreen, . Turn to increase or
steering wheel controls, and voice . Press to select the
decrease the volume.
recognition. highlighted menu option.
2. RADIO
. Turn to scroll through a list.
. Press to change the audio
. Turn to manually select a
source between AM
and FM. station.
6. o BACK
. Press to return to the
previous screen in a menu.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

7. TONE Home Page Touch and hold a location within the
. Press TONE in the AUDIO favourites area to begin the process
screen to open the Tone of saving a favourite application.
Settings menu. Touch the application icon to store
8. MEDIA as a favourite. The name of the
application will be shown in
. Press to change the audio favourites.
source between USB, AUX,
and Bluetooth Audio, Managing Home Page Icons
if equipped and if 1. Touch and hold any of the
connected to the system. Home Page icons to enter
Power (On/Off/Mute) edit mode.
2. Continue holding the icon and
. Press O to turn the system on. drag it to the desired position.
Press again and hold to turn The Home Page is where vehicle
it off. application icons are accessed. 3. Release your finger to drop the
Some applications are disabled icon in the desired position.
. Press O to mute the system. when the vehicle is moving. 4. To move an application to
Press again to unmute the another page, drag the icon to
The Home Page can be set up to
system. the edge of the screen towards
have up to five pages with eight
Volume icons per page. the desired page.
Turn O to increase or decrease the h (Previous) : If available, touch to 5. Continue dragging and
go to the previous Home Page. dropping application icons as
volume.
desired.
Note k (Next) : If available, touch to go to
When changing the audio source, a
the next Home Page. 6. Press { to exit edit mode.
difference in volume may be l (Interaction Selector) : Touch to
experienced. display the favourites list.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Steering Wheel Controls . Press this button to mute or 4. _ /^ (seek)
unmute the infotainment
system when not on a call. . When _ /^ are pressed
up/down.
3. % button
In Radio modes, changes
. When there is no broadcast frequencies
connected Bluetooth saved in favourite.
device, the Infotainment
system executes the In USB/iPod/Bluetooth
Bluetooth device audio modes, changes
connection. the file.
. When there is a connected . When _ /^ are pressed
Bluetooth device, press the and held.
button to answer the call or
In USB/iPod/Bluetooth
1. Volume button enter the redial
audio modes, rewind or fast
. Move the button upward to selection mode. forward the file.
VOL + button to increase If the customer's connected
the volume. phone supports Speech Using the System
. Move the button downward Recognition, press and hold
the button to activate the Touchscreen Buttons
to - button to decrease the
phone's SR (Speech Touchscreen buttons are displayed
volume.
recognition) mode. on the screen when available. When
2. 5 button . If an iPhone is connected, a function is unavailable, the button
. Press this button to decline press and hold to enter the may grey out. When a function is
an incoming call or end a Siri function. selected, the button may highlight.
current call. Home Page Features
Touch the icons on the Home Page
screen to launch an application.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Audio Applications Tray To remove an item from the
applications tray, drag the icon
Touch the AUDIO icon to display the
from the applications tray back
active audio source page. Available
to the Home Page.
sources are AM, FM, DAB, My
Media, USB, Bluetooth, and AUX Press { to exit edit mode.
Input.
Adding or removing applications
Phone from the applications tray will not
remove them from the Home Page.
Touch the PHONE icon to display
the Phone main page. See Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
Bluetooth 0 130. and Vehicle Information and
Settings Radio Displays
Touch the SETTINGS icon to For vehicles with high gloss
display the Settings menu. See The applications tray is at the surfaces or vehicle displays, use a
Settings 0 138. top-centre of the screen. The microfibre cloth to wipe surfaces.
applications tray can have three to Before wiping the surface with the
five applications. microfibre cloth, use a soft bristle
To add an application from the brush to remove dirt that could
Home Page to the applications tray: scratch the surface. Then use the
microfibre cloth by gently rubbing to
1. Touch and hold any icon on the clean. Never use window cleaners
Home Page to enter edit mode. or solvents.
2. Drag the icon to the Periodically hand wash the
applications tray. microfibre cloth separately, using
mild soap. Do not use bleach or
fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly
and air dry before next use.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Radio . Balance: Touch S or T for Press o BACK on the faceplate to
more sound from the left or right return to the Home Page or touch S
AM-FM Radio speakers. The middle position to return for the previous page.
balances the sound between the
Playing the Radio left and right speakers. Storing Radio Station Presets
While on the Audio main page, the . Fade: Touch y or z for more Favourites are stored in the area at
available sources are: AM, FM, sound from the front or rear the bottom of the screen.
DAB, My Media, USB, Bluetooth, speakers. The middle position Up to 60 preset stations can be
and AUX Input. balances the sound between the stored under the following:
. Touch the Audio screen button front and rear speakers.
AM or FM, Radio Stations : Touch
on the Home Page or Radio Finding a Station and hold a favourite screen button
button below the touchscreen to to save the current station as a
scroll through AM, FM orDAB. Seeking a Station favourite. Touch a favourite screen
. Touch the Media screen button Press g or l on the faceplate to button in the favourite area to recall
on the Home Page or Media search for the previous or next a favourite station.
button below the touchscreen to station with good reception.
scroll through My Media USB,
Mixed-Audio Favourites
Bluetooth, and AUX Input. Direct Tune Favourites that can be stored
Touch the TUNE screen button to include radio stations, media
Infotainment System Settings favourites, contacts, destinations,
switch to Direct Tune for manually
Touch the Audio screen button to searching for a station. navigation, or applications.
access broadcast sources. To scroll through the favourites:
If not equipped with Direct Tune,
Touch the MENU screen button to touch the SEEK screen button to . Drag up on the top border of the
display the following menus: switch to TUNE. Touch again to favourites bar to view the
Tone Settings: change back. Turn the MENU knob favourites. To close the
to manually search for a station. favourites, drag them down.
. Bass, Midrange, Treble : Touch
+ or − to adjust.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. Slide a finger to the right or left interference, some static can occur, Radio Reception (DAB)
to scroll through each page of especially around tall buildings or
favourites. hills, causing the sound to fade in Digital audio broadcasting
Tone Settings : Touch and hold a and out. Digital audio broadcasting (DAB) is
favourite screen button in the AM an innovative and universal
favourite area to save the current broadcasting system.
tone settings as a favourite in the The range for most AM stations is
greater than for FM, especially at Note
tone settings screen. Drag up on the
night. The longer range can cause Not all of the following features may
reveal button at the bottom to bring
station frequencies to interfere with be supported.
up favourites. Touch a favourite
screen button in the favourite area each other. Static can also occur Advantages of DAB
to recall a favourite tone setting. when things like storms and power
lines interfere with radio reception. . DAB stations are indicated by
The number of favourites displayed When this happens, try reducing the the programme name instead of
is automatically adjusted by default, treble on the radio. the broadcasting frequency
but can be manually adjusted in the . With DAB, several radio
Settings menu under Radio and Mobile Phone Usage
programmes (services) can be
then Number of Favourites Shown. Mobile phone usage, such as broadcast on a single frequency
making or receiving phone calls, (ensemble).
Radio Reception charging, or just having the phone
. Besides high-quality digital audio
Unplug electronic devices from the on may cause static interference in
the radio. Unplug the phone or turn services, DAB is also able to
accessory power outlets if there is transmit
interference or static in the radio. it off if this happens.
programme-associated data.
FM . As long as a given DAB receiver
FM signals only reach about 16 to can pick up the signal sent out
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the by a broadcasting station (even
radio has a built-in electronic circuit if the signal is very weak), sound
that automatically works to reduce reproduction is ensured.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. There is no fading (weakening of Fixed Mast Antenna
the sound that is typical of AM or Caution
FM reception). The DAB signal
is reproduced at a constant To avoid damaging the antenna or
volume. the roof panel, be sure to remove
the antenna before entering the
If the DAB signal is too weak to automatic car wash or a place
be picked up by the receiver, with a low ceiling.
reception is interrupted
completely.
Install the antenna firmly.
. Interference caused by stations
that are on nearby frequencies Whenever using the roof rack
(a phenomenon that is typical of system, check if the antenna is not
AM and FM reception) does not obstructing the area that is being
occur with DAB. used by the roof rack system or the
To remove the roof antenna, rotate it cargo.
. If the DAB signal is reflected by
natural obstacles or buildings, anticlockwise. To install the roof
the reception quality of DAB is antenna, rotate it clockwise.
improved, whereas AM or FM
reception is considerably
impaired in such cases.
DAB settings
To configure the DAB settings
options, activate the radio function
and then select the DAB waveband.
Select MENU in the interaction
selector bar to display the
DAB menu.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Audio Players through the options until My Media
is selected. Use the screen buttons
To play a USB device, do one of the
following:
to scroll through the content. . Connect the USB.
USB Port
USB MP3 Player and USB Drives . Press MEDIA until the
The vehicle may have a USB port
on the main storage under the . The USB MP3 players and USB connected device is shown.
armrest. drives connected must comply Use the following when playing an
with the USB Mass Storage active USB source:
Playing from a USB Class specification (USB MSC).
A USB mass storage device can be
r (Play) : Press to play the current
. Hard disk drives are not media source.
connected to the USB port. supported.
j (Pause) : Press to pause play of
Gracenote® (If equipped) . The following restrictions apply the current media source.
When plugging in a USB device, for the data stored on a USB
MP3 player or USB device: g (Previous/Reverse):
Gracenote service builds voice tags
for music. Voice tags allow artists, ‐ Maximum folder structure . Press to return to the beginning
albums with hard to pronounce level: 11 levels. of the current or previous track.
names, and nicknames to be used If the track has been playing for
‐ Applicable audio extensions less than two seconds, the
to play music through voice
are mp3, wma, aac, m4a, previous track plays. If playing
recognition.
and aif. longer than 2–5 seconds,
While indexing, infotainment depending on the device, the
‐ WMA and Apple lossless files
features are available. current track restarts.
are not supported.
My Media Library ‐ Supported file systems are . Press and hold to reverse
Allows access to content from all FAT32 and NTFS. quickly through playback.
indexed media sources. Touch the Release to return to playing
MEDIA screen button to scroll speed. Elapsed time displays.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

l (Next/Forward): Playlists: Songs:
. Press to proceed to the next 1. Touch to view the playlists 1. Touch to display a list of all
track. stored on the USB. songs on the USB.
. Press and hold to advance 2. Select a playlist to view the list 2. To begin playback, select a
quickly through playback. of all songs in that playlist. song from the list.
Release to return to playing 3. Select a song from the list to Genres:
speed. Elapsed time displays. begin playback. 1. Touch to view the genres on
USB Menu Artists: the USB.
Touch Menu to display the USB 1. Touch to view the list of artists 2. Select a genre to view a list of
menu. The following may be stored on the USB. all content of that genre.
available:
2. Select an artist name to view a 3. Select artist to view a list of
Shuffle: Touch to play the tracks list of all albums by the artist. albums. Select an album to
randomly. Touch again to stop view a list of songs.
shuffle. 3. To select a song, touch p to
play All Songs or touch the 4. Select a song to start playback.
Tone: Touch + or − to adjust the artist name and then select a Podcasts, Composers, Audiobooks,
tone settings. See AM-FM Radio song from the list. Videos, and Folder View are shown
0 102.
Albums: when More is selected from the
USB Browse Menu bottom of the screen.
1. Touch to view the albums on
Touch anywhere between the top the USB. Podcasts:
and bottom menus or touch the 1. Touch to view the podcasts on
BROWSE button to view the 2. Select the album to view a list
of all songs on the album. the USB.
BROWSE menu. The following
options are displayed along the 3. Select a song from the list to 2. Select a podcast.
bottom of the screen: begin playback. 3. Select an episode to start
playback.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Composers: File System and Naming This jack is not an audio output. Do
1. Touch to view the composers The songs, artists, albums, and not plug headphones into the
on the USB. genres are taken from the file's song auxiliary input jack. Set up an
information and are only displayed if auxiliary device while the vehicle is
2. Select Composers to view a list in P (Park).
of albums by that composer. present. The radio displays the file
name as the track name if the song Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable
3. Select an album to view a list information is not available. from the auxiliary device to the
of songs. auxiliary input jack. When a device
Loss of Audio is connected, the system can play
4. Select a song from the list to
begin playback. If a phone currently paired over audio from the device over the
Bluetooth is plugged in with a USB vehicle speakers.
Audiobooks: cable, the system will automatically If an auxiliary device has already
1. Touch to view the audiobooks mute the Bluetooth audio. Playback been connected, but a different
stored on the device. can be resumed by changing the source is currently active, touch the
audio source from Bluetooth to USB MEDIA screen button to scroll
2. Select the audiobook from the cable.
list. Select a chapter to begin through audio source screens, until
playback. Source USB from the Audio MEDIA AUX Input source screen displays.
screen button to resume playback.
Folder View (If Equipped): Playing from the AUX Port
1. Touch to view the directories Auxiliary Jack An auxiliary device is played
on the USB. (If equipped) through the audio system and
2. Select a folder to view a list of controlled through the device itself.
An auxiliary input jack is provided in
all files.
the centre console under the
3. Select a file from the list to armrest. Possible auxiliary audio
begin playback. sources include:
. Laptop computer
. Audio music player
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

AUX Menu To play music via Bluetooth: All devices launch audio differently.
Touch the MEDIA screen button to 1. Power on the device, and pair When selecting Bluetooth audio as
display the AUX Input menu and to connect the device. a source, the radio may show as
then the following options may paused on the screen. Press play
2. Once paired, go into the audio on the device or press r to begin
display: application from the Home playback.
Tone Settings : Select to adjust Page or through the
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, applications tray. Select MEDIA
Fade, and EQ (Equaliser). See until Bluetooth displays.
AM-FM Radio 0 102.
Bluetooth Audio Menu
Auto Volume : (If Equipped): This
feature adjusts the volume based on Touch the MENU screen button to
the vehicle speed. See AM-FM display the Bluetooth Audio menu.
Radio 0 102. The following may be available:
Tone: Touch + or − to adjust the
Bluetooth Audio tone settings. See AM-FM Radio
0 102.
If equipped, music may be played
from a paired Bluetooth device. See Touch [ to go back to the
Bluetooth 0 130 for help pairing a previous menu.
device.
Manage Bluetooth Devices: Touch
The music can be controlled by to go to the Bluetooth page to add
either the infotainment controls or or delete devices.
the controls on the device.
When using the Bluetooth audio
Music can be launched by pressing source, the radio may not be able to
the MEDIA faceplate button or launch specific applications on your
touching the MEDIA screen button device. Use the device to start audio
on the AUDIO Home Page. playback when it is safe to do so.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. Map View Navigation Voice Preferences
Navigation
. Routing Preferences Touch the Navigation Voice
Using the Navigation . Display "Points of Interest" Icons Preferences list item to adjust the
voice preferences.
System . Personal Data
The following options can be
Touch the NAV button on the Home Cancel/Resume Route adjusted:
Page or the Nav icon in the
applications tray to access the . While under route guidance, this . Voice Prompts ON-OFF
navigation application. screen button displays Cancel . Voice Volume
Route. Touch Cancel Route to
Touch MENU from the map view or cancel route guidance. No . Prompts During Phone Calls
MENU button on the faceplate to further prompts will be given. ON-OFF
access the Navigation Menu. The list item then changes to
Features displayed in the Voice Prompts
Resume to.
Navigation Menu can be selected to Touch the Voice Prompts list item to
adjust navigation preferences. . Touch the Resume to screen toggle voice prompts ON and OFF.
button to resume route guidance
It is advised to set up preferences to the last entered destination. Voice Volume
before setting a destination. To set a The last location that the system Adjust the loudness of the audio
destination, see Destination 0 115. has provided guidance to can be feedback by touching the − or +
The buttons on the infotainment resumed by touching on this button. If a manoeuver prompt is
screen display will time out when list item. being played, and the main volume
not interacting. Tap anywhere on the . If the route includes waypoints, is adjusted, the prompt volume will
screen to reveal the controls, then the entire route can be update and be saved.
select the desired control. suspended using the Cancel
Additional navigation features are: Guidance list item. When
. Cancel/Resume Route Resume Guidance is touched,
all waypoints are resumed for
. Navigation Voice Preferences guidance.
. Current Location
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Prompts During Phone Calls Touch the Nearest Address button below are shown. Touch the
When enabled, the system plays a and then the Save screen button to greyed-out checkmark to turn all
shorter prompt while on a phone store the current location to the of the icons for that category on
call. This setting can be configured Address Book. or off.
as to whether a prompt would be Display Points of Interest Icons Map View
heard during a phone conversation.
Places of Interest (POI) icons can Touch to select the desired map
When this setting is OFF, only the be displayed on the map using view. A checkmark appears to
short alert tone is played when this view. indicate a view has been selected.
approaching the manoeuver.
. The POI icons can be turned ON 3D View
Current Location and OFF. Touch the check box The 3D View is a Heading Up view
Touch the Current Location list item next to the POI icon to display but it includes perspective. Map
to display a Current Location list. the icon. items will appear larger as the
. Touch Clear All to reset the vehicle comes closer.
The following information is
displayed on the Current icons that are displayed on Heading Up View
Location list: the map.
The Heading Up View keeps the
. Nearest Address . A subcategory can be selected
vehicle's current heading at the top
instead of the entire category. of the view. The vehicle icon always
. Lat/Long Touch the list item rather than faces the top of the view as the map
. Nearest Hospital the check box. The rotates.
subcategories will display. Select
. Nearest Police any of those categories to North Up View
. Nearest Fuel navigate down the hierarchy. The North Up View keeps north at
. Nearest Service . When a higher-level category the top of the view. The vehicle icon
has some of its subcategories is placed in the centre of the view
Touch on any of the options to selected, the checkmark next to and rotates to indicate the heading
display the destination details view it is greyed out. This indicates for the vehicle.
for the selected location to begin that only some of the categories
guidance.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Audio Information On/Off . Day Mode: Brightens the map parameters are roof load and trailer.
Touch to turn the audio information background. For each parameter, the options are
view on or off from the main . Night Mode: Darkens the map None, Small, Medium, and Large.
map view. background. Press to scroll through the list. The
default for both is None.
The audio status screen contains . Automatic: Adjusts the screen
the following elements: background automatically These preferences are used for all
depending on the exterior routes generated.
. Station Frequency
lighting conditions. Route segment preferences are
. Artist Information other options showing on the
Routing Preferences Routing Preferences menu.
. Song Information
Touch the Routing Preferences list This includes:
. r / j or g / l Station and item to access the Routing
Channel Controls Preferences menu. Options on how . Use Toll Roads ON-OFF
the routes are created for route . Use Motorways ON-OFF
Touch the g / l Station controls guidance are listed on this menu.
to go to the next or previous strong . Use Carpool Lanes ON-OFF
signal station or digital channel. Route Style
. Use Ferries ON-OFF
When the audio status pane Touch this list item to change the
route type preferences. . Use Tunnels ON-OFF
displays Artist and Song
. Use Time Restricted Roads
Information, touch the g / l The options are:
ON-OFF
controls to go to the next or . Fast (default)
previous track based on the current Personal Data
media mode. . Eco Friendly (if equipped)
Data that the system has saved
Day/Night Mode . Short during the course of using the
Touch to access the Day/Night . Edit Eco Profile navigation system can be managed
Mode menu. The Edit Eco Profile can be used to through:
The options are: configure two parameters for the . Contacts
Eco Friendly route. These
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. Recent Destinations . Select Delete Individual Delete Autocomplete
. My POIs (if equipped) Categories. A My POIs category . Touch Delete Autocomplete to
list displays. delete all keyboard
. Upload Saved Locations
. Select the individual entry to autocomplete history. A pop-up
. Delete Autocomplete delete. displays asking to confirm the
Contacts . Touch Delete All My POIs to deletion.
1. Touch Edit Contacts to display delete the entire list of Map Adjustments
the Contacts to edit. categories. A pop-up displays
asking to confirm the deletion. ZOOM −/+ can be used to adjust
2. Touch Delete All Entries to the scale of view on the map. When
delete the entire list of contacts . To exit out of a list, touch the the end of the zoom level is
or touch Edit Contacts List to Exit screen button in the top reached, ZOOM −/+ will grey out.
delete one or more itens. right corner of the map to return
to the main map view. The zoom scales can be configured
A pop-up displays to confirm. for English or metric units. To
Recent Destinations Upload Saved Locations: Touch to change from English to metric, see
upload any saved locations such as “Instrument Cluster” in the owner
. Touch Delete Individual downloaded POIs and all entries in manual.
Destinations to display a recent the vehicle address book to the
destinations list. Select the USB device. Scroll Features
individual entry to delete.
. Touch Upload Saved Locations . To scroll within the map, touch
. Touch Delete All Destinations to to save the Vehicle Contacts list anywhere on the map screen.
delete the entire recent and any My POIs that have been . Nudge or slide a finger on the
destination list. A pop-up saved to the vehicle.
displays asking to confirm the map; the map moves in the
deletion. . Once saved locations have been direction of the finger.
uploaded to a USB, they can be . Fling a finger on the map; the
My POIs transferred to a different vehicle map will start scrolling in a short
. Touch My POIs to display a or restored to the current continuous scroll.
menu of other options. address book.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. Touch a finger on the location on . When the map is recentred, the Maps
the map; the map recentres to straight-line distance from the
the location that was vehicle to the selected point is The map database is stored in the
touched on. displayed in the callout. In internal flash memory that is used in
addition, a heading direction in the navigation system.
. Touch a finger twice on a
location on the map; the map the form of an arrow is displayed Detailed Areas
zooms in one level to the to indicate the direction. The
arrow is shown in relation to the Road network attributes are
location that was touched contained in the map database for
twice on. current vehicle heading.
detailed areas. Attributes include
. . Touch a finger on a POI icon
When the map is recentred away information such as street names,
from being locked to the vehicle shown on the map; the name of street addresses, and turn
position, the crosshairs will show the POI is shown in the address restrictions. A detailed area includes
in the centre of the map. As the callout, along with the city name all major highways, service roads,
map continues to be recentred, and state. If the callout is and residential roads. The detailed
the crosshairs will remain on the selected, the destination details areas include Places of Interest
screen. When the crosshairs are view for the POI is shown. (POIs) such as restaurants, airports,
shown on the screen, a callout . After panning the map away banks, hospitals, police stations,
with more information displays. from the vehicle, touch RESET petrol stations, tourist attractions,
If the map is moved from the to return the map back to the and historical monuments. The map
current location, the crosshairs current position. database may not include data for
will disappear along with the . Touch the OVERVIEW button to newly constructed areas or map
callout. database corrections that are
quickly get a view of the entire
. completed after production. The
Touch a finger on the callout route. The route OVERVIEW
next to the crosshairs and the button takes the place of the navigation system provides full
destination details view displays. RESET button while under route route guidance in the detailed map
areas.
From this view, route guidance guidance. Touch the RESET
can be received or saved to the button to return the map to the
vehicle's contact list. current position.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Navigation Symbols Vehicle Address Callout
Following are the most common Tap on the vehicle icon, to have the
symbols that appear on a map current address of the vehicle
screen. overlaid on the map next to the
vehicle icon in a callout. Another tap
hides the information.
Any address information about the The waypoint symbol marks one or
vehicle's current location will be more set waypoints.
shown, including the street, city, and A waypoint is a stopover destination
state names. point added to the planned route.
Tap on this callout to save the
or current address to the vehicle
address book.
The estimated time to the

destination displays. Touch the
The vehicle symbol indicates the Arrival button to toggle to duration
current position and heading The destination symbol marks the and to the distance of the
direction of the vehicle on the map. final destination after a route has destination.
When under route guidance, a circle been planned.
with an arrow is added to the
vehicle symbol which indicates the
direction to the destination.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

If lane guidance is available for the . POIs
manoeuver, this is also shown. . Recent Destinations
When the system begins to . Contacts
autozoom, it zooms in to its
minimum level. After the manoeuver Navigation Next Turn Manoeuver
is performed, the system slowly Alert
This symbol indicates the zooms back out.
recommended manoeuver that
should be performed. Touch it to Destination
display the turn list or waypoint list.
If route guidance is not active, touch
the NAV screen button on the Home
Page to access the map view.
Touch the Destination icon from the
map view to enter a destination.
Available methods of entering a
destination are Address, Recent The navigation system has an alert
Destinations, Contacts, Crossroads feature. The navigation system may
The No GPS symbol appears when and POIs. Several options can be
there is no Global Positioning need to get the attention of the
selected to plan a route. Some driver.
System (GPS) satellite signal. When destination items may be greyed out
the GPS is gone, the vehicle if no destination was previously If not in the navigation application
position on the map may not be entered or saved. when a near manoeuver prompt is
accurate. given, it is shown as an alert. The
Touch the DESTINATION button to alert contains the turn indicator and
Autozoom go to the destination entry views. button to display the main
As a manoeuver is being Available Methods of Search navigation view, or dismiss the alert.
approached, the map automatically
. Address The alert also contains the name of
zooms in to give greater detail.
the street to turn on and a
. Crossroads countdown bar.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Alpha-Numeric Keyboard z (Delete) : Touch to delete the last To select one of the special
The keyboard is used in multiple typed character. Press and hold this characters, slide a finger left or right
locations throughout the system and screen button to clear the entire text to select the special character.
can be used with many features. field. If the entire text field has been Special Character List
The navigation system uses the deleted, this screen button becomes
keyboard's alpha-numeric keyboard. an Undo button. Touching Undo will The following characters have
restore the deleted text. special characters beneath them:
The keyboard can also be modified
to include characters appropriate for Exit : Touch to return to the
the region configured in the vehicle previous Map view.
settings. Sym : Touch to show the symbol
@ GO : Touch to search for the keyboard.
destination details of an address or Space : Touch to enter a space
place of interest entered in the text between characters or the words of
field. Once the GO screen button is a name.
pressed, the activity indicator
displays in the list of possible R (Up Arrow) : Touch to display
matches. the Interaction Selector. Saved Destinations
| (Dropdown Arrow) : Touch to Special Characters Select a saved destination from the
display a list of matches. As the characters are typed on the Contacts or Recent Destinations.
When there are multiple matches, a keyboard, a pop-up of the letter Contacts
dropdown arrow is shown after the touched displays above the key that
Select the CONTACTS button to
autocomplete text. This dropdown was touched.
view the vehicle's contact list or a
displays an entire list of matches. Continue to touch and hold, and any connected Bluetooth device. If a
Touch the appropriate match without additional special characters particular contact has a single
having to enter more text. associated with that letter are address associated with it, that
displayed around the current letter. contact has a Quick Route list item
function button next to it. Contacts
without this Quick Route button
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

either have multiple addresses or no . When a favourite address is . Touch on the Favourite to
address at all. Touch the Quick being routed to, it is shown display the destination view.
Route button to go to the active. Touch on the active
Destination Details view. favourite to suspend that route. Storing Favourites from Map
Touch on an address, either from . Save locations as Favourites for Favourite locations can be stored
the Quick Route on the contact list recall later in the Destination from the Map View.
or a specific address from the Details View. If not under route guidance, the
contact detail list, to go to the . Save trips from the current vehicle location will be
destination view showing that Address Book. saved as a Favourite. If under route
address on the map. guidance, the final destination will
Trips from Contacts can be saved Storing Favourites from the be saved.
Contact Details List Touch and drag up on the row of
and recalled. The order is based on
when the trip was last used. When A contact name or any of the Interaction Selector buttons to
the trips are saved, they are given a contact's information such as phone reveal the Favourite buttons. Touch
default title of the final destination number, e-mail address, or address and hold on the favourite location
name. If there are no saved trips, from Contact Details can be stored from the Map View to save it.
this list item is hidden. as a Favourite.
Route Guidance
Favourite Destinations . Touch and drag up on the row of
. Touch GO to go to the main
Interaction Selector buttons to
. Destinations can be saved as navigation view and to start
reveal the Favourite buttons.
Favourites for recall later. route guidance.
Depending on the favourite, . Touch and hold on the favourite
. If the system has an active
when an address or POI location while viewing a contact
on the Contact Details List. The route, a pop-up will display,
favourite is recalled, the “What would you like to do with
Destination Details View is contact name and all contact
information can be stored. this destination?” The options
shown. are: Add as Waypoint, Set New
. Touch to save as a favourite. Destination, or Cancel.
The favourite label will be the
name of the contact.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. If a waypoint is added, it is . The ETA and travel time are turn list. When the DESTINATION
placed in the location that leads calculated using any available screen button is touched, the
to the most efficient route. traffic information. display shows the Destination
. There is a maximum number of . If in a waypoint trip, the ETA, screens.
waypoints that can be added to travel time, and driving distance End Guidance
the system. When the maximum are all shown relative to the final
number of waypoints has been destination. Touch the End screen button to
reached, a pop-up displays suspend the current route in the turn
. The final ETA is shown taking list. When the End screen button is
indicating that a waypoint must into consideration any time zone
first be deleted before a new one touched, the turn list is exited, and
crossings that the route has the display returns to the main
can be added. The system will travelled through.
hold this waypoint into a map view.
Pending Waypoints list and will . Touch the ETA information area Avoid Areas
automatically be added to the to switch between the estimated
arrival time, total driving time Touch the Avoid Areas screen
route once a position is
resulting, and driving distance. button to select the highway name
available, either by arriving at a
that is to be avoided. The system
waypoint, or by deleting one.
Turn List shows a pop-up asking how many
. To save a location, tap on the Q Touch on the next turn indicator miles or if the entire road should be
to display the Favourite buttons. shown on the map to display the avoided.
Touch and hold on a favourite turn list or waypoint list. The Turn List
location to save the shown Interaction Selector is minimised
location as a Favourite. . When under a waypoint trip,
automatically. Touch Q to reveal the touch on the TURN LIST
Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA) following options: Interaction Selector button to
and Distance show the turn list. When entering
Destination
. When under route guidance, the a turn list, the next manoeuver
system shows the ETA or travel Touch the DESTINATION screen instruction is spoken.
time, or the driving distance. button to add a waypoint or change
the destination while viewing the
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. The turn list title is the name or Saved Trips . The waypoint list is sorted in
address of the destination. Waypoint trips can be saved for order with the next waypoint at
Touch on the information button later recall. Touch the + add button the top of the list. Each waypoint
next to the name of the in the waypoints list to save the trip is indicated with a numbered
destination to display the to the Saved Trips list in the icon, starting with the next
destination information. vehicle's contacts list. When trips waypoint.
. The turn list is sorted in order are saved, they are given a default . To indicate what segment of the
with the next manoeuver at the title of the final destination. Saved route is for the next waypoint,
top of the list and the trips can be edited by selecting the and what is for the remainder of
subsequent manoeuvers listed Edit list item button to access the the route, they appear in
below it. The next manoeuver is edit screen for the saved entry. The different colors.
always highlighted upon entry only field that can be edited is the
into the Turn List to quickly show name field. Touch on the name field Optimised Route
what the next manoeuver is. to access the keyboard view. Type . Touch the OPTIMISE screen
. Each manoeuver indicates the the name change. This change is button to optimise the current
distance between it and the automatically saved when executed waypoint trip.
previous manoeuver or the by the keyboard. . The optimisation is done
vehicle's current location. The The saved trip can also be deleted according to how the
next manoeuver at the top will from the edit mode. Touch the preferences are set for new
count down until the manoeuver delete button and a delete routes, e.g., fastest route,
is reached, and then the next confirmation pop-up will display. shortest distance, or eco friendly.
manoeuver will begin to . While the system is optimising
count down. Waypoints
the route, the waypoint trip has
. . When under a waypoint trip,
Each manoeuver has an the Activity Indicator displayed
estimated time of arrival based touch on the next turn indicator over top of it. If the system is
on the current driving conditions. to bring up the waypoint list. The calculating the ETA and travel
last waypoint view is shown, distance for a waypoint, the
which could be Waypoints, Turn Activity Indicator is displayed in
List, or Edit. the list header.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. When either a waypoint trip is Settings Prompt Length : Touch to change
first created, or additional the prompt length to Short or Long.
waypoints are added to an Touch Settings on the Home Page
to adjust features and preferences, Audio Feedback Speed : Touch to
existing waypoint trip, they are change the audio feedback speed to
added in the location that would such as Time and Date, Language,
Valet Mode, or Radio. For setting Slow, Medium, or Fast.
lead to an optimised route.
options, see Settings 0 138. Display “What can I say?” Tips :
. If a destination is already
A few of the setting options change Touch to change the display tips to
planned and a waypoint is ON orOFF.
added, it is either added before the way the navigation system
or after the current destination, displays or reacts while in use. Display
whichever leads to the most 1. Touch the Settings screen Mode : Touch Mode to change the
optimal route. button on the Home Page. screen background. This setting
. If under an existing waypoint trip 2. Touch the scroll bar until the controls map colors.
consisting of two or more desired option displays. Select . The Auto setting adjusts the
destinations, any additional the desired settings to change. screen background automatically
waypoints are added in the
Voice depending on the exterior
location that would lead to the
lighting conditions.
most optimal route. Voice recognition allows for
hands-free operation within the . The Day setting brightens the
Edit Route map background.
navigation, audio and phone
. Touch the EDIT screen button to applications. See Voice Recognition . The Night setting darkens the
modify the order or remove a 0 123. map background.
waypoint from the route. Press
the delete screen button to Touch the voice screen button to Calibrate Touchscreen : Touch to
remove a waypoint from the display the Voice menu. display the Touchscreen Calibration
route. Confidence Threshold : Touch to Screen.
. A pop-up displays asking for change the confidence threshold to Turn Display Off : Touch to turn the
confirmation of the waypoint Confirm More or Confirm Less. Display option off.
deletion.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Low Fuel Alert can affect the navigation system's
ability to determine the accurate
position of the vehicle.
The GPS shows the current position
of the vehicle using signals sent by
GPS satellites. When the vehicle is
not receiving signals from the
satellites, a symbol appears on the
map screen. See Navigation
Symbols 0 114.
This system might not be available
If the vehicle reaches a low fuel
level, the system displays an alert or interference can occur if any of
If the remaining driving distance is the following are true:
about the low fuel condition. Touch available from the system, this is
the MORE INFO screen button to included in the alert. . Signals are obstructed by tall
view nearby petrol stations, and buildings, trees, large trucks,
start guidance if desired. Global Positioning or a tunnel.
System (GPS) . Satellites are being repaired or
improved.
The position of the vehicle is
determined by using satellite For more information if the GPS is
signals, various vehicle signals, and not functioning properly, see
map data. Problems with Route Guidance
0 122 and If the System Needs
At times, other interference such as Service 0 123.
the satellite condition, road
configuration, condition of the
vehicle, and/or other circumstances
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Vehicle Positioning . The vehicle changes directions Problems with Route
more than once, or the vehicle is
At times, the position of the vehicle turning on a turn table in a
Guidance
on the map could be inaccurate due parking lot. Inappropriate route guidance can
to one or more of the following occur under one or more of the
reasons: . The vehicle is entering and/or
exiting a parking lot, garage, or a following conditions:
. The road system has changed. lot with a roof. . The turn was not made on the
. The vehicle is driving on slippery . The GPS signal is not received. road indicated.
road surfaces such as sand, . Route guidance might not be
gravel, or snow. . A roof carrier is installed on the
vehicle. available when using automatic
. The vehicle is travelling on rerouting for the next right or
winding roads or long straight . Tyre chains have been installed. left turn.
roads. . The tyres are replaced or worn. . The route might not be changed
. The vehicle is approaching a tall . The tyre pressure for the tyres is when using automatic rerouting.
building or a large vehicle. incorrect. . There is no route guidance when
. The surface streets run parallel . This is the first navigation use turning at an intersection.
to a freeway. after the map data is updated. . Plural names of places might be
. The vehicle has been transferred . The 12-volt battery is announced occasionally.
by a vehicle carrier or a ferry. disconnected for several days. . It could take a long time to
. The current position calibration . The vehicle is driving in heavy operate automatic rerouting
is set incorrectly. traffic where driving is at low during high-speed driving.
. The vehicle is travelling at high speeds, and the vehicle is . Automatic rerouting might
speed. stopped and started repeatedly. display a route returning to the
set waypoint if heading for a
destination without passing
through a set waypoint.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. The route prohibits the entry of a Map Data Updates
vehicle due to a regulation by
Voice Recognition
time or season or any other The map data in the vehicle is the Voice recognition allows for
regulation which may be given. most up-to-date information hands-free operation within the
available when the vehicle was navigation, audio and phone
. Some routes might not be produced. The map data can be applications. This feature can be
searched. updated, provided that the map started by pressing either the g
. The route to the destination information has changed.
button on the steering wheel or
might not be shown if there are For questions about the operation of
new roads, if roads have touching g on the touchscreen
the navigation system or the update display.
recently changed, or if certain process, contact your dealership.
roads are not listed in the map However, not all features within
data. See Maps 0 113. Database Coverage these areas are supported by voice
To recalibrate the vehicle's position commands. Generally, only complex
Explanations tasks that require multiple manual
on the map, park with the vehicle
running for two to five minutes, until Coverage areas vary with respect to interactions to complete are
the vehicle position updates. Make the level of map detail available for supported by voice commands.
sure the vehicle is parked in a any given area. Some areas feature For example, tasks that take more
location that is safe and has a clear greater levels of detail than others. than one or two button presses such
view of the sky and away from large If this happens, it does not mean as selecting a song or artist to play
obstructions. there is a problem with the system. from a media device would be
As the map data is updated, more supported by voice commands.
If the System Needs detail can become available for Other tasks, like adjusting the
areas that previously had limited volume or seeking up or down are
Service detail. See Map Data Updates audio features that are easily
If the navigation system needs 0 123. performed by pressing one or two
service and the steps listed here buttons, and are not supported by
have been followed but there are voice commands.
still problems, see Problems with
Route Guidance 0 122.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Voice recognition can be used just There are two voice prompt modes to complete the task, or the session
when the ignition is on. supported: is terminated, the voice recognition
. Long verbal prompts: The longer dialogue stops.
Using Voice Recognition
prompts provide more An example of this type of manual
Voice recognition becomes available information regarding the intervention is touching on an entry
once the system has been supported actions. of a displayed number list instead of
initialised. This begins when the speaking the number associated
ignition is turned on. Initialisation . Short prompts: The short
prompts provide simple with the entry desired.
may take a few moments.
instructions about what can be Cancelling Voice Recognition
1. Press g on the steering wheel stated.
control to activate voice . Touch the Home screen button.
If a command is not spoken, the Pressing this button will
recognition, or touch g on the voice recognition system says a terminate a voice recognition
infotainment touchscreen on help prompt. session which was initiated by
the centre stack. pressing the button on the radio
Prompts and Screen Displays
2. The audio system mutes and touchscreen.
the system plays a prompt While a voice recognition session is
active, there will be corresponding . Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit”
followed by a beep. to terminate the voice
buttons on screens displayed.
3. Wait until after the beep Manual interaction in the voice recognition session and display
completes, then clearly speak recognition session is permitted. the screen from which voice
one of the commands Interaction during a voice session recognition was initiated.
described in this section. may be completed entirely using . Press i on the steering wheel
Press g to interrupt any voice voice commands, or some controls to terminate the voice
recognition system prompt. For selections may expedite a session. session and display the screen
example, if the prompt seems If a selection is made using a from which voice recognition
to be taking too long to finish, manual control, the dialogue will was initiated.
progress in the same way as if the
press g again and the beep selection was made through a voice
should happen right away. command. Once the system is able
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Helpful Hints for Speaking For example, if the prompt saying “Place of Interest,” only
Commands seems to be taking too long to major chains are available by
finish, to speak the command name. Chains are businesses
Voice recognition can understand without waiting for the prompt to with at least 20 locations. For
commands that are either naturally
stated in sentence form, or direct complete, press g. other POIs, say the name of a
category like “Restaurants,”
commands that state the application . Speak the command naturally, “Shopping Malls,” or “Hospitals.”
and the task. not too fast, not too slow. Use
direct commands without a lot of There is no need to memorise
Most languages do not support specific command words. Direct
natural language commands in extra words.
commands might be more clearly
sentence form. For those . Usually Phone and Audio understood by the system. An
languages, use direct commands commands can be spoken in a example of a direct command would
like the examples shown on the single command. be “Call 555-1212.” Examples of
display. these direct commands are
For example say, “Call Dave
For best results: Smith at work,” “Play” followed displayed on most of the screens
. Listen for the prompt and wait by the artist or song name, while a voice session is active.
or “Tune” followed by the radio If “Phone” or “Phone Commands,” is
for the beep before saying a
station number. stated, the system understands that
command or reply.
a phone call is requested and will
. Say “Help” or look at the screen . Navigation destinations are too respond with questions until enough
display for example commands. complex for a single command. details are gathered.
First, say a command that
. A voice recognition system explains the type of destination If the phone number has been
prompt can be interrupted while needed, such as I want saved with a name and a place, the
it is playing by pressing g. directions to an “Address,” direct command should include
“Navigate to an intersection,” “I both, for example “Call Dave Smith
need to find a Place of Interest at work.”
or POI,” or “Directions to a
Contact.” The system responds
by requesting more details. After
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Using Voice Recognition for The screen returns back to the Pressing g while the help prompt is
List Options screen where voice recognition was playing will terminate the prompt
initiated. and a beep will be heard. Doing this
When a list is displayed, a voice
prompt will ask to confirm or select The Back Command will stop the help prompt so that a
an option from that list. A selection voice command can be used.
Say “Back” or press the BACK
can be made by manually selecting button to go to the previous screen. Voice Recognition for the
the item, or by speaking the line Radio
number for the item to select. If in voice recognition, and “Back” is
stated all the way through to the Some audio screens have a voice
When a screen contains a list, there initial screen, then “Back” is stated
may be options that are available recognition button (g) to launch
one more time, the voice recognition audio voice recognition. If the voice
but not displayed. The list on a session will cancel.
voice recognition screen functions button is touched in a radio screen,
the same as a list on other screens. Help the voice commands for radio and
Scrolling or flinging can be used to media features are available.
Say “Help” on any voice recognition
help display other entries from screen and the help prompt for the “Switch to AM” : Switch bands to
the list. screen is played. Additionally, a AM and tune to the last AM radio
Manually scrolling or paging the list pop-up displays a text version of the station.
on a screen during a voice help prompt. Depending on how “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to
recognition session suspends the voice recognition was initiated, the FM and tune to the last FM radio
current voice recognition event and Help pop-up will either display on station.
plays the prompt “Make your the instrument cluster or the
selection from the list using the infotainment touchscreen. Touch the “Tune to <AM frequency> AM” :
manual controls or press the Back Dismiss button to make the pop-up Tune to the radio station whose
button to try again.” go away. frequency is identified in the
command (like “nine fifty”).
If manual selection takes more than
15 seconds, the session terminates
and prompts that it has timed out.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

“Tune to <FM frequency> FM” : “Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to “Go to Audiobook <audiobook
Tune to the radio station whose enter a specific genre. name>” : Begin playback of the
frequency is identified in the “Play Genre <genre name>” : media selection identified in the
command (like “one o one Begin playback of the media command.
point one”). selection identified in the command. “Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to
Voice Recognition for Audio “Go to Playlist” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific name.
My Media enter a specific playlist name. “Play Episode <episode
If browsing My Media when the “Go to Playlist <playlist name>” : name>” : Begin playback of the
voice button is selected, the voice Begin playback of the identified media selection identified in the
recognition commands for My Media playlist in the command. command.
features are available. “Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to
“Play <device name>” : Play
“Go to Artist” : Begin a dialog to music from a specific device enter a specific name.
enter a specific artist name. identified by name. The device “Play Podcast <podcast
“Go to Artist <artist name>” : name is the name displayed on the name>” : Begin playback of the
Begin playback of the media screen when the device is first media selection identified in the
selection identified in the command. selected as an audio sourced. command.
“Go to Album” : Begin a dialog to “Go to Chapter” : Begin a dialog to “MyMedia” : Begin a dialog to enter
enter a specific album name. enter a specific name. the desired media content.
“Go to Album <album name>” : “Go to Chapter <chapter Handling Large Amounts of Media
Begin playback of the identified name>” : Begin playback of the Content
album name in the command. media selection identified in the
It is expected that large amounts of
command.
“Go to Song” : Begin a dialog to media content will be brought into
enter a specific song name. “Go to Audiobook” : Begin a the vehicle. It may be necessary to
dialog to enter a specific name. handle large amounts of media
“Go to Song <song name>” : content in a different way than
Begin playback of the identified smaller amounts of media. The
song name in the command. system may limit the options of
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

voice recognition by not allowing Similar limits exist for album Voice Recognition for
selection of song titles by voice at content. If there are more than Navigation
the highest level if the number of 4,000 albums, but less than 8,000,
songs exceeds the maximum limit. the content cannot be accessed “Navigation” : Begin a dialogue to
directly with one command like, enter specific destination
Voice command option changes information.
through media content limits are: “Play <album name>.” The
command “Go to Album” must first “Navigation Commands” : Begin a
. Song files including other be spoken; the system will then ask dialogue to enter specific
individual files of all media types for the album name. The reply destination information.
such as audiobook chapters and would be to say the name of the
podcast episodes. “Destination Address” : Begin a
album to play.
dialog to enter a specific destination
. Album type folders including Once the number of songs has address, which includes the entire
types such as albums and exceeded approximately 8,000, address consisting of the house
audiobooks. there is no support for accessing the number, street name, and city and
There are no restrictions if the songs directly through voice state.
number of song files and albums is commands. There will still be
“Destination Intersection” : Begin
less than 4,000. When the number access to the media content by
a dialogue to enter a specific
of song files connected to the using commands for playlists,
destination intersection.
system is between 4,000 and 8,000, artists, and genres.
the content cannot be accessed “Destination Place of Interest” :
The access commands for playlists,
directly with one command like Begin a dialogue to enter a
artists, and genres are prohibited
“Play <song name>.” destination Place of Interest
after the number of this type of
category or major brand name (if
The restriction is that the command media exceeds 4,000.
equipped).
“Go to Song” must be spoken first; The system will provide feedback
the system will then ask for the song Not all brand names of businesses
the first time voice recognition is
name. The reply command would be are available for voice entry. Most
initiated if it has become apparent
to say the name of the song to play. major chains, such as chains with
that any of these limits are reached
more than 20 locations, should be
during a device initialising process.
available to search for by name, but
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

the name must be precisely spoken. “Pair Phone” : Begin the Bluetooth Voice Pass-Thru
Nicknames or short names for the pairing process. Follow instructions
Voice pass-thru allows access to the
businesses will not likely be found. on the radio display.
voice recognition commands on the
Lesser known businesses might “Switch Phone” : Select a different mobile phone, for example, Siri or
have to be located by category, phone for outgoing calls. Voice Command. See the mobile
such as fast food, hotels, or banks.
“Voice Keypad” : Begins a phone manufacturer's user guide to
“Destination Contact” : Begin a dialogue to enter special numbers see if the mobile phone supports
dialogue to enter a specific like international numbers. The this feature. To activate the phone
destination contact name. numbers can be entered in groups voice recognition system, press and
“Cancel Route” : End route of digits with each group of digits hold g on the steering wheel for a
guidance. being repeated back by the system. few seconds.
If the group of digits is not correct,
Voice Recognition for the the command “Delete” will remove
Phone the last group of digits and allow
“Call <contact name>” : Initiate a them to be re-entered. Once the
call to an entered contact. The entire number has been entered, the
command may include location if command “Call” will start dialling the
the contact has location numbers number.
stored. “Voice Mail” : Initiate a call to voice
“Call <contact name> At Home,” mail numbers.
“At Work,” “On Mobile,” or “On
Other” : Initiate a call to an entered
contact and location at home, at
work, on mobile device, or on
another phone.
“Call <phone number>” : Initiate a
call to a standard phone number
seven or 10 digits in length.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

.
Phone Pair mobile phone(s) to the
vehicle. The system may not
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system
can use a Bluetooth-capable mobile
work with all mobile phones. See phone with a Hands-Free Profile to
Bluetooth “Pairing” in this section. make and receive phone calls. The
The Bluetooth-capable system can infotainment system and voice
interact with many mobile phones, { Danger recognition are used to control the
system. The system can be used
allowing:
Taking your eyes off the road for while in ON/RUN or ACC/
. Placement and receipt of calls in
too long or too often while using ACCESSORY. The range of the
a hands-free mode. Bluetooth system can be up to
any infotainment feature can
. Sharing of the mobile phone's cause a crash. You or others 9.1 m. Not all phones support all
address book or contact list with could be injured or killed. Do not functions and not all phones work
the vehicle. give extended attention to with the Bluetooth system.
To minimise driver distraction, infotainment tasks while driving. Bluetooth Controls
before driving, and with the vehicle Limit your glances at the vehicle
parked: displays and focus your attention Use the buttons on the infotainment
system and the steering wheel to
. Become familiar with the on driving. Use voice commands
operate the Bluetooth system.
features of the mobile phone. whenever possible.
Organise the phone book and Steering Wheel Controls
contact lists clearly and delete g (Push to Talk) : Press to answer
duplicate or rarely used entries.
If possible, program speed dial { Danger incoming calls, confirm system
information, and start voice
or other shortcuts. It is illegal to touch your phone recognition.
. Review the controls and when driving. i (End Call) : Press to end a call,
operation of the infotainment Make sure that Bluetooth® is decline a call, or cancel an
system. operation. Press to mute or unmute
activated before driving. If not,
stop at a safe place to use a the infotainment system when not
mobile phone. on a call.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Infotainment System Controls Pairing Information Pairing a Phone
For information about how to . A Bluetooth phone with music 1. Touch the Phone screen
navigate the menu system using the capability can be paired to the button.
infotainment controls, see Using the vehicle as a phone and a music 2. Select Phone and select Pair
System 0 100. player at the same time. Device.
Phone : Touch this screen button . Up to 10 devices can be paired
3. A four-digit Personal
on the Home Page to enter the to the Bluetooth system. Identification Number (PIN)
phone main menu. . Pairing only needs to be appears on the display. The
Audio System completed once, unless the PIN, if required, may be used
pairing information on the mobile in Step 5.
When using the Bluetooth system, phone changes or the mobile
sound comes through the vehicle's 4. Start the pairing process on the
phone is deleted from the mobile phone to be paired to
front audio system speakers and system.
overrides the audio system. Turn the vehicle. See the mobile
the volume knob during a call to . One Bluetooth device can be phone manufacturer's user
change the volume level. The connected to the Bluetooth guide for information on this
adjusted volume level remains in system at a time. process.
memory for later calls. The system . If multiple paired mobile phones 5. Locate “MyLink” on the phone's
maintains a minimum volume level. are within range of the system, display. Follow the instructions
the system connects to the on the mobile phone to enter
Pairing
paired mobile phone in the order the PIN provided in Step 3 or
A Bluetooth-enabled mobile phone that they were last used in the confirm the six-digit code
must be paired to the Bluetooth system. To link to a different shown on the display. After the
system and then connected to the paired phone, see “Linking to a PIN is successfully entered or
vehicle before it can be used. See Different Phone” later in this the code is confirmed, the
the mobile phone manufacturer's section. system responds with “<Device
user guide for Bluetooth functions name> has been successfully
before pairing the mobile phone. paired” when the pairing
process is complete.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

6. If “MyLink” does not appear, Deleting a Paired Phone . While the active call is
turn the phone off or remove Only disconnected phones can be hands-free, touch the Handset
the phone battery and retry. deleted. screen button to switch to the
7. If the phone prompts to accept handset mode. The screen
1. Touch the Phone screen button changes to Handsfree
connection or allow phone button.
book download, select always once the Bluetooth device
accept and allow. The phone 2. Select Phones. confirms it is operating as
book may not be available if handset.
3. Touch the M next to the phone .
not accepted. While the active call is handset,
to delete and follow the on touch the Handsfree screen
8. Repeat Steps 1−7 to pair screen prompts.
additional phones. button to switch to the hands
Linking to a Different Phone free mode. The screen button
Listing All Paired and Connected changes to Handset once the
Phones To link to a different phone, the new Bluetooth device confirms it is
phone must be in the vehicle and operating as handsfree.
1. Touch the Phone screen paired to the Bluetooth system.
button. Making a Call Using Contacts
1. Touch the Phone screen
2. Select Phones. button. and Recent Calls
Disconnecting a Connected Phone 2. Select Phones. Calls can be made through the
Bluetooth system using personal
1. Touch the Phone screen 3. Select the new phone to link to mobile phone contact information for
button. from the not connected all phones that support the Phone
2. Select Phones. device list. Book feature. Become familiar with
Switching to Handset or the phone settings and operation.
3. Touch the z next to the phone Verify the mobile phone supports
to disconnect and follow the on Handsfree Mode
this feature.
screen prompts. To switch between handset or
handsfree mode, touch the Phone When supported, the Contacts and
icon on the Home Page to display Recent Calls menus are
“Call View.” automatically available.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

The Contacts menu accesses the 1. Touch the Phone screen Call Waiting
phone book stored in the mobile button.
Call waiting must be supported on
phone. 2. Select Keypad and enter a the Bluetooth phone and enabled by
The Recent Calls menu accesses phone number. the phone service carrier to work.
the recent call list(s) from your 3. Select Call to start dialling the
mobile phone. Accepting a Call
number.
To make a call using the There are a few ways to accept a
Contacts menu: Accepting or Declining a Call call-waiting call:
1. Touch the Phone screen When an incoming call is received, . Press g on the steering wheel
button. the infotainment system mutes and controls.
a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
2. Select Contacts. . Touch Switch on the
Accepting a Call infotainment display.
3. Select the name to call.
There are a few ways to accept Declining a Call
4. Select the desired contact a call:
number to call. There are a few ways to decline a
To make a call using the Recent
. Press g on the steering wheel call-waiting call:
Calls menu: controls.
. Press i on the steering wheel
1. Touch the Phone screen . Touch Answer on the controls.
button. infotainment display.
. Touch Ignore on the infotainment
2. Select Recent. Declining a Call display.
3. Select the name or number There are a few ways to decline
to call. a call:
Making a Call Using the . Press i on the steering wheel

Keypad controls.
To make a call by dialling the . Touch Ignore on the infotainment
numbers: display.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Switching Between Calls (Call phone service carriers may not 3. Select Keypad and enter the
Waiting Calls Only) allow a merged call to become number.
To switch between calls, touch the unmerged.
Voice Mail
phone icon on the Home Page to Ending a Call
display “Call View.” While in Call The default voice mail number is the
View, touch the call information of . Press i on the steering wheel phone number of the currently
the call on hold to change calls. controls. connected phone. The voice mail
number can be changed in
Three-Way Calling . Touch End on the infotainment Bluetooth settings.
display to end all existing calls,
Three-way calling must be or touch End next to a call to To dial a voice mail number:
supported on the Bluetooth phone end only that call. 1. Touch the Phone screen
and enabled by the phone service button.
carrier to work. Some phone service carriers may
not allow a merged call to become 2. Select Voice Mail.
To start a three-way call while in a unmerged.
current call: 3. Select Call.
1. In the Call View, select Add to
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency 4. Enter the DTMF tones using
add another call. (DTMF) Tones the keypad if needed.
2. Initiate the second call by The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can
selecting from RECENT, send numbers during a call. This is Text Messaging
CONTACTS, or KEYPAD. used when calling a menu-driven If equipped, the infotainment system
phone system. may allow text messages to be
3. When the second call is active,
touch Merge to conference the 1. Touch the Phone screen received and replied to. Received
three-way call together. button. messages can also be read aloud.
4. Once all calls are merged, the 2. While in the Call View, touch Before using the text messaging
Merge button becomes an l to raise the Interaction feature, check to see if the phone is
Unmerge button. Touch to Selector. compatible.
unmerge the calls. Some See your dealer for details.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Text Menu . Any inquiries regrading your To add a new message:
phone functionality, refer to the 1. Touch Text Settings, then press
Inbox : Touch to display incoming
device manual. Manage Predefined Messages.
messages. To view a message,
press on the name of the sender. Viewing a Text Message 2. While in the predefined
Press > to listen to the text While viewing a text message: messages list view, select Add
message. Press BACK on the New Predefined Message and
faceplate or press the Back screen . Touch Reply to reply using a a keyboard displays.
button to go back to the predefined text message.
3. Type a new message and
previous menu. . Touch Call to place a call to the touch the Check button when
Settings : See “Text Settings” later sender of the text message. done to add the message.
in this section. Viewing Sender Information Press BACK on the faceplate
Reply : Touch to reply using a or touch the Back screen
If equipped, touch the name of the button to go back to the
predefined text message. See “Text sender to view sender information if
Settings.” predefined messages list.
this information matches contact
Call : Touch to place a call to the information already stored. 4. Touch M to delete a predefined
sender of the text message. message
Select a Predefined Message :
Note Touch to select from a set of quick Memory Full
. There may be previous messages. Touch the message
This message may display if there is
configuration required in your to send.
no more room on the phone to store
mobile to have this function Predefined Messages messages.
working properly.
These are short text messages that Text Settings
. Due to the variety of devices and can be used to send so responses
their firmware versions, your will not have to be typed. Text Alerts : When on, this feature
device may respond differently will display an alert when a new text
when performing this function. The messages can be deleted or a message has been received. Touch
new message can be added. to turn on or off.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Manage Predefined Messages : USB cable. Aftermarket or If Android Auto device is connected
Touch to add, change, or delete third-party cables may while another device was paired,
predefined messages. not work. the switch devices pop up message
The PROJECTION icon on the will appear as follows:
Apple CarPlay and Home Page will change to Android “Connecting Android Auto, will
Android Auto Auto or Apple CarPlay depending disconnect Bluetooth
on the phone. Android Auto and/or Device (Name)."
If equipped, Android Auto™ and/or
Apple CarPlay may automatically Note
Apple CarPlay™ capability may be
launch upon USB connection. If not,
available through a compatible For using Android Auto function, the
press the Android Auto and/or Apple
smartphone. If available, a date of Infotainment System should
Carplay icon on the Home Page to
PROJECTION icon will appear on be the same as the Android Auto
launch.
the Home Page of the infotainment device.
display. For further information about
Android Auto and Apple CarPlay in Note
To use Android Auto and/or Apple For your safety, some applications
the vehicle, seek the assistance of
CarPlay: are disabled while your vehicle is in
your dealer.
1. Download the Android Auto motion.
Android Auto is provided by Google
app to your phone from the Note
and is subject to Google’s terms
Google™ Play store. There is To end Android Auto, disconnect the
and privacy policy. CarPlay is
no app required for Apple phone from the USB port or change
provided by Apple and is subject to
CarPlay. the USB setting on the phone.
Apple’s terms and privacy policy.
2. Connect your Android phone or For Android Auto support see In some cases, it might be
Apple iPhone by using the https://support.google.com/ necessary to unpair the phone from
compatible phone USB cable androidauto or Apple CarPlay the radio before plugging the USB
and plugging into a USB data support at https://www.apple.com/br/ cable to start the Android Auto.
port. For best performance, use ios/carplay/. Apple or Google may
the device's factory-provided change or suspend availability at
any time.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Using Voice Recognition Once connected, the person called Using the “Voice Keypad”
will be heard through the audio Command
Using Bluetooth Voice speakers.
Recognition 1. Press g. The system responds
To call using a contact from your “Command Please,” followed
To use voice recognition, press the phone book: by a tone.
g button on the steering wheel. Use 1. Press g. The system responds
the commands below for the various 2. After the tone, say “Voice
voice features. For additional “Command Please,” followed Keypad.” The system allows
information, say “Help” while in a by a tone. entry of special numbers and
voice recognition menu. See Voice 2. Say “Dial” or “Call” and then characters.
Recognition 0 123 for help using say the contact name. For Using the “Voice Mail” Command
voice recognition commands. example “Call John at Work.”
1. Press g. The system responds
Making a Call Once connected, the person called “Command Please,” followed
will be heard through the audio by a tone.
Calls can be made using the speakers.
following commands. 2. After the tone, say “Voice Mail.”
Using the “Switch Phone” The system dials the voice mail
Using the “Dial” or “Call” Command
Command number of the connected
1. Press g. The system responds phone.
To call a number:
“Command Please,” followed Clearing the System
1. Press g. The system responds by a tone.
“Command Please,” followed Unless information is deleted out of
2. After the tone, say “Switch the vehicle Bluetooth system, it will
by a tone. Phone.” The system displays a be retained. This includes phone
2. Say “Dial” or “Call” followed by list of phones to select. pairing information. For directions
the complete phone number. on how to delete this information,
Use the “Voice Keypad” command see “Deleting a Paired Phone.”
for international numbers or special
numbers which include * or #.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Settings Touch CLOCK DISPLAY to choose Radio
ON or OFF to show the time in the
Various settings for the infotainment Touch to display the Radio Menu
screen.
system and vehicle can be changed and the following may display:
via the Settings menu. Language . Manage Favourites: Touch to
Some settings for different drivers This will set the display language in highlight a favourite to edit.
can be memorised individually for the radio, instrument panel, and Touch Rename to rename the
each vehicle key. voice recognition. Press Language favourite or Delete to delete it.
and select the appropriate Touch and hold the station to
Press { and select SETTINGS on language. Press [ to go back to the drag it to a new location. Touch
the home screen. previous menu. Done to go back to the
previous menu.
Note
Valet Mode . Number of Favorites Shown:
Depending on vehicle model and
options, some of the functions This will lock the infotainment Touch to set the number of
described below may not be system and steering wheel controls. favourites to display. Select
available. It may also limit top speed, power, Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
and access to vehicle storage 40, 45, 50, 55, or 60. Auto will
Time and Date locations (if equipped). adjust the number of favourite
Touch SET TIME to edit the time locations that can be seen.
To enable Valet Mode:
and then touch y or z to increase Touch [ to go back to the
1. Enter a four-digit code on the previous menu.
or decrease hours, minutes, and AM keypad.
or PM. Press 12Hr or 24Hr for 12 or . Audible Touch Feedback: This
24 hour clock. 2. Touch Enter to go to the feature adjusts the sound of the
confirmation screen. touch. This feature can be
Touch SET DATE to edit the date
3. Re-enter the four-digit code. turned ON or OFF.
and then press y or z to increase
or decrease month, day, or year. Touch LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or
unlock the system. Touch [ to go
back to the previous menu.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. Auto Volume: If equipped, this . Device Management: Touch to Apple CarPlay
feature adjusts the volume connect to a different phone
This feature turns the Projection
based on the vehicle speed. See source, disconnect a phone,
(Apple CarPlay) function ON
AM-FM Radio 0 102. or delete a phone.
or OFF.
. Maximum Start-Up Volume: This . Ringtones: Touch to change the
Select Manage Apple CarPlay
feature sets the maximum ring tone for the specific phone.
Devices to display a list of Apple
start-up volume. If the vehicle is The phone does not need to be
CarPlay devices registered in the
started and the volume is connected to change the
system. Apple CarPlay must be on
greater than this level, the ring tone.
for this function to be accessed.
volume is adjusted to this level. . Voice Mail Numbers: This
To set the maximum startup feature displays the voice mail Android Auto
volume, touch + or − to increase number for all connected This feature turns the Projection
or decrease. Touch [ to go back phones. The voice mail number (Android Auto) function ON or OFF.
to the previous menu. may be changed by touching the
EDIT button, typing in the new Select Manage Android Auto
Vehicle number, and touching SAVE. Devices to display a list of Android
Adjusts the vehicle personalisation devices registered in the system.
Touch [ to go back to the Android Auto must be on for this
settings. See Vehicle previous menu.
Personalisation 0 87. function to be accessed.
. Text Message Alerts: This
Bluetooth feature will turn text message
Voice
From the Bluetooth screen button, alerts on or off. Touch Text From the Voice screen button, the
the following may be displayed: Message Alerts and then select following may be displayed:
. Pair New Device: Touch to add a OFF or ON. Touch [ to go back . Confidence Threshold: Select
to the previous menu. See Text Confirm More for a system
new device.
Messaging 0 134. response to a command. Select
Confirm Less for the system to
proceed with the command
without responding.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. Prompt Length: Select Short for Rear Camera All Private Data. Touch Cancel
brief, direct feedback or Long for or Continue. Touch the [ Back
Touch to display the Rear Camera
more information feedback. screen button to go back to the
menu. See Rear Vision Camera
Touch [ Back to go to the (RVC) 0 213. last menu.
previous menu. . Restore Radio Settings:
. Guidance Lines: This feature
. Audio Feedback Speed: Touch can be turned ON or OFF. Restores factory radio settings.
Slow, Medium, or Fast for TouchRestore Radio Settings.
. Rear Park Assist Symbols: This Touch Cancel or Continue.
feedback speed. Touch [ to go feature can be turned ON
back to the previous menu. If continue is touched, a
or OFF. confirmation pop-up will appear
. Display “What can I say?” Tips: indicating the radio settings have
Touch ON or OFF to change the Return to Factory Settings
been restored.
display tips. Touching Continue restores all
factory settings. Press q BACK on the faceplate or
Display touch the Back screen button to go
Select Return to Factory Settings
From the Display screen button, the and the following list may display: back to the main settings menu.
following may be displayed:
. Restore Vehicle Settings: Software Information
. Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to Restores factory vehicle
calibrate the touchscreen and Select to display software
settings. TouchRestore Vehicle information and version and to
follow the prompts. Touch [ to Settings. Touch Cancel or update the system software. See
go back to the previous menu. Continue. If continue is touched, your dealer.
. Turn Display Off: Touch to turn a confirmation pop-up will
the display off. Touch anywhere appear indicating the vehicle
on the display area or any settings have been restored.
faceplate button again to turn . Clear All Private Data: If
the display on. available, use to erase personal
private data before loaning or
selling the vehicle. Touch Clear
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Trademarks and Android Auto is a trademark of Schedule I: Gracenote EULA (if
Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a equipped)
Licence Agreements trademark of Apple Inc.
RMVB
Music recognition technology and

"Made for iPod," and "Made for related data are provided by
iPhone," mean that an electronic Gracenote®. Gracenote is the
accessory has been designed to Portions of this software are
industry standard in music
connect specifically to iPod or included under license from
recognition technology and related
iPhone, respectively, and has been RealNetworks, Inc. Copyright
content delivery. For more
certified by the developer to meet 1995-2012, RealNetworks, Inc. All
information visit
Apple performance standards. rights reserved
www.gracenote.com.
Apple is not responsible for the Bluetooth® Music-related data from Gracenote,
operation of this device or its
compliance with safety and The Bluetooth word mark and logos Inc., copyright © 2000 to present
regulatory standards. Please note are owned by the Bluetooth® SIG, Gracenote. Gracenote Software,
that the use of this accessory with Inc. and any use of such marks by copyright © 2000 to present
iPod or iPhone may affect wireless General Motors is under license. Gracenote. One or more patents
performance. iPhone®, iPod®, iPod Other trademarks and trade names owned by Gracenote may apply to
classic®, iPod nano®, iPod shuffle®, are those of their respective owners. this product and service. See the
and iPod touch® are trademarks of Gracenote website for a
Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. non-exhaustive list of applicable
and other countries. Gracenote patents. Gracenote,
CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the
Gracenote logo and logotype, and
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

the "Powered by Gracenote" logo content providers shall be entitled to Software, and the Gracenote
are either registered trademarks or all of the benefits and protections Servers, including all ownership
trademarks of Gracenote in the set forth herein that are available to rights. Under no circumstances will
United States and/or other Gracenote. Gracenote become liable for any
countries. You agree that you will use payment to you for any information
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote that you provide. You agree that
Gracenote Terms of Use Gracenote may enforce its rights
Software, and Gracenote Servers
This application or device contains for your own personal under this Agreement against you
software from Gracenote, Inc. of non-commercial use only. You agree directly in its own name.
Emeryville, California ("Gracenote"). not to assign, copy, transfer or The Gracenote service uses a
The software from Gracenote (the transmit the Gracenote Software or unique identifier to track queries for
"Gracenote Software") enables this any Gracenote Data to any third statistical purposes. The purpose of
application to do disc or file party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE a randomly assigned numeric
identification and obtain OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, identifier is to allow the Gracenote
music-related information, including THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, service to count queries without
name, artist, track, and title OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, knowing anything about who you
information ("Gracenote Data") from EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY are. For more information, see the
online servers or embedded PERMITTED HEREIN. web page for the Gracenote Privacy
databases (collectively, "Gracenote Policy for the Gracenote service.
Servers") and to perform other You agree that your non-exclusive
functions. You may use Gracenote license to use the Gracenote Data, The Gracenote Software and each
Data only by means of the intended the Gracenote Software, and item of Gracenote Data are licensed
End-User functions of this Gracenote Servers will terminate if to you "AS IS." Gracenote makes no
application or device. you violate these restrictions. If your representations or warranties,
license terminates, you agree to express or implied, regarding the
This application or device may cease any and all use of the accuracy of any Gracenote Data.
contain content belonging to Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Gracenote reserves the right to
Gracenote's providers. If so, all of Software, and Gracenote Servers. delete data from the Gracenote
the restrictions set forth herein with Gracenote reserves all rights in Servers or to change data
respect to Gracenote Data shall Gracenote Data, the Gracenote categories for any cause that
also apply to such content and such
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Gracenote deems sufficient. No INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR VC-1
warranty is made that the Gracenote ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED
Software or Gracenote Servers are REVENUES. UNDER THE VC-1 PATENT
error-free or that functioning of © 2014. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE
Gracenote Software or Gracenote Reserved. PERSONAL AND
Servers will be uninterrupted. NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A
Gracenote is not obligated to MPEG4–AVC (H.264) CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE
provide you with new enhanced or THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH
additional data types or categories UNDER THE AVC PATENT THE VC-1 STANDARD (“VC-1
that Gracenote may provide in the PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE
future and is free to discontinue its PERSONAL AND VC-1 VIDEO THAT WAS
services at any time. NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A ENCODED BY A CONSUMER
GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT THE AVC STANDARD (“AVC AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A
LIMITED TO, IMPLIED VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO
WARRANTIES OF VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, PERSONAL AND BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER
TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
GRACENOTE DOES NOT AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG
WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO LA, LLC. SEE HTTP://
WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
USE OF THE GRACENOTE LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL
SOFTWARE OR ANY BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER MPEG4–Visual
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY
CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG MANNER THAT COMPLIES WITH
LIABLE FOR ANY LA, LLC. SEE HTTP:// THE MPEG-4 VISUAL STANDARD
CONSEQUENTIAL OR WWW.MPEGLA.COM. IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

USE BY A CONSUMER Map End User License © United States Postal Service®
ENGAGING IN PERSONAL AND Agreement 2014. Prices are not established,
NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES. controlled, or approved by the
END USER TERMS United States Postal Service®. The
MP3 following trademarks and
The Map Data Disc (“Data”) is
MPEG Layer-3 audio coding provided for your personal, internal registrations are owned by the
technology licensed from use only and not for resale. It is USPS: United States Postal
Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson. protected by copyright, and is Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.
WMA subject to the following terms (this TERMS AND CONDITIONS
“End User License Agreement”) and
This product is protected by certain conditions which are agreed to by Personal Use Only: You agree to
intellectual property rights of you, on the one hand, and HERE use this Data for the solely
Microsoft. Use or distribution of North America, LLC (“HERE”) and personal, noncommercial purposes
such technology outside of this its licensors (including their for which you were licensed, and
product is prohibited without a licensors and suppliers) on the not for service bureau, timesharing
license from Microsoft. other hand. or other similar purposes. Except as
For more information on the otherwise set forth herein, you
The Data for areas of Canada agree not to otherwise reproduce,
Software, including any open source includes information taken with
software license terms (and copy, modify, decompile,
permission from Canadian disassemble or reverse engineer
available source code) as well as authorities, including: © Her Majesty
copyright attributions applicable to any portion of this Data, and may
the Queen in Right of Canada, © not transfer or distribute it in any
the Runtime Configuration indicated Queen's Printer for Ontario, ©
above, please contact the form, for any purpose, except to the
Canada Post Corporation, extent permitted by mandatory laws.
Manufacturer or contact QSSC at GeoBase®.
175 Terence Matthews Crescent, You may transfer the Data and all
Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8 HERE holds a nonexclusive license accompanying materials on a
(licensing@qnx.com). from the United States Postal permanent basis if you retain no
Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4® copies and the recipient agrees to
information. the terms of this End User License
Agreement. Multi-disc sets may only
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

be transferred or sold as a complete comprehensive geographic data, WARRANTIES OF
set as provided to you and not as a any of which may lead to incorrect NON-INFRINGEMENT,
subset thereof. results. MERCHANTABILITY,
SATISFACTORY QUALITY,
Restrictions No Warranty ACCURACY, TITLE AND FITNESS
Except where you have been This Data is provided to you “as is,” FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
specifically licensed to do so by and you agree to use it at your own NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE
HERE and without limiting the risk. HERE and its licensors (and OR INFORMATION PROVIDED BY
preceding paragraph, you may not their licensors and suppliers) make BOSCH (OR ANY OF THEIR
(a) use this Data with any products, no guarantees, representations, LICENSORS, AGENTS,
systems, or applications installed or or warranties of any kind, express or EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY
otherwise connected to or in implied, arising by law or otherwise, PROVIDERS) SHALL CREATE A
communication with vehicles including but not limited to, content, WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE NOT
capable of vehicle navigation, quality, accuracy, completeness, ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY
positioning, dispatch, real time route effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a SUCH ADVICE OR INFORMATION.
guidance, fleet management or particular purpose, usefulness, use THIS DISCLAIMER OF
similar applications; or (b) with, or in or results to be obtained from this WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL
communication with, including Data, or that the Data or server will CONDITION OF THIS
without limitation, mobile phones, be uninterrupted or error free. AGREEMENT.
palmtop and handheld computers,
pagers, and personal digital Disclaimer of Warranty Disclaimer of Liability
assistants or PDAs. THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ON HERE AND ITS LICENSORS
AN “AS IS” AND “WITH ALL (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS
Warning FAULTS BASIS” AND BOSCH AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE
This Data may contain inaccurate or (AND THEIR LICENSORS AND LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF
incomplete information due to the SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR
passage of time, changing DISCLAIM ALL OTHER ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE
circumstances, sources used, and WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE
the nature of collecting IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR product thereof except in Government End Users
INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT compliance with, and with all If the Data is being acquired by or
FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION licenses and approvals required on behalf of the United States
OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY under, applicable export laws, rules government or any other entity
LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, and regulations. Entire Agreement: seeking or applying rights similar to
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR These terms and conditions those customarily claimed by the
ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, constitute the entire agreement United States government, this Data
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR between HERE (and its licensors, is a “commercial item” as that term
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES including their licensors and is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”)
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF suppliers) and you pertaining to the 2.101, is licensed in accordance
OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, subject matter hereof, and with this End User License
ANY DEFECT IN THIS DATA, OR supersedes in their entirety any and Agreement, and each copy of Data
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS all written or oral agreements delivered or otherwise furnished
OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN previously existing between us with shall be marked and embedded as
AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR respect to such subject matter. appropriate with the following
TORT OR BASED ON A “Notice of Use,” and be treated in
WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR Governing Law
accordance with such Notice:
ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN The above terms and conditions
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY shall be governed by the laws of the
OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some State of Illinois, without giving effect
States, Territories, and Countries do to (i) its conflict of laws provisions,
not allow certain liability exclusions or (ii) the United Nations Convention
or damages limitations, so to that for Contracts for the International
extent the above may not apply Sale of Goods, which is explicitly
to you. excluded. You agree to submit to
the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois
Export Control for any and all disputes, claims, and
You agree not to export from actions arising from or in connection
anywhere any part of the Data with the Data provided to you NOTICE OF USE
provided to you or any direct hereunder.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ Unicode Part C – EULA
SUPPLIER) Copyright © 1991-2014 Unicode, Copyright 2014, Software Systems
NAME: Inc. All rights reserved. Distributed GmbH & Co. KG. All Rights
HERE North America, LLC under the Terms of Use in http:// Reserved.
www.unicode.org/copyright.html. The product you have purchased
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) Free Type Project ("Product") contains Software
(Runtime Configuration No. 505962;
ADDRESS: Portions of this software are "Software") which is distributed by
copyright © 2014 The FreeType or on behalf of the Product
425 West Randolph Street, Project (http://www.freetype.org). All
Chicago, IL 60606. manufacturer "Manufacturer") under
rights reserved. license from Software Systems Co.
This Data is a commercial item as Open Source SW ("QSSC"). You may only use the
defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject Software in the Product and in
to the End User License Agreement The open source code used in this
compliance with the license terms
under which this Data was provided. device can be downloaded at the
below.
webpage shown in the information
© 2014 HERE North America, LLC. at the centre stack display. Further Subject to the terms and conditions
All rights reserved. information concerning the OSS of this License, QSSC hereby
If the Contracting Officer, federal licenses is shown in the centre grants you a limited, non-exclusive,
government agency, or any federal stack display. non-transferable license to use the
official refuses to use the legend Software in the Product for the
QNX purpose intended by the
provided herein, the Contracting
Officer, federal government agency, Portions of this software are Manufacturer. If permitted by the
or any federal official must notify copyright © 2008-2014, QNX Manufacturer, or by applicable law,
HERE North America, LLC prior to Software Systems. All rights you may make one backup copy of
seeking additional or alternative reserved. the Software as part of the Product
rights in the Data. software. QSSC and its licensors
reserve all license+C31 rights not
expressly granted herein, and retain
all right, title and interest in and to
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

all copies of the Software, including MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
all intellectual property rights FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS
therein. Unless required by ANY WARRANTIES OR OTHER A RESULT OF THIS LICENSE OR
applicable law you may not PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY
reproduce, distribute or transfer, MANUFACTURER OR ITS TO USE THE PRODUCT
or de-compile, disassemble or DISTRIBUTOR(S) THAT DIFFER (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
otherwise attempt to unbundle, FROM THIS LICENSE ARE TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF
reverse engineer, modify or create OFFERED BY THE GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE,
derivative works of, the Software. MANUFACTURER OR ITS PRODUCT FAILURE OR
You agree: (1) not to remove, cover DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL
or alter any proprietary notices, NOT BY QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES
labels or marks in or on the OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU OR LOSSES), EVEN IF QSSC, ITS
Software, and to ensure that all ASSUME ANY RISKS AFFILIATES OR THEIR
copies bear any notice contained on ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR USE LICENSORS HAVE BEEN
the original; and (2) not to export the OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
Product or the Software in LICENSE. OF SUCH DAMAGES.
contravention of applicable export EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT
control laws. WMA
OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN This product is protected by certain
OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR intellectual property rights of
APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND ITS GROSSLY NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN Microsoft. Use or distribution of
LICENSORS PROVIDE THE NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, ITS such technology outside of this
SOFTWARE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AFFILIATES OR THEIR product is prohibited without a
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR LICENSORS BE LIABLE TO YOU license from Microsoft.
CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, For more information on the
EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING Software, including any open source
INCLUDING, WITHOUT NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT OR software license terms (and
LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, available source code) as well as
OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, copyright attributions applicable to
NON-INFRINGEMENT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, the Runtime Configuration indicated
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Infotainment System - MyLink 149

above, please contact the END USER NOTICE Introduction
Manufacturer or contact QSSC at The marks of companies displayed
175 Terence Matthews Crescent,
Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8
by this product to indicate business Infotainment
locations are the marks of their
(licensing@qnx.com). respective owners. The use of such Two infotainment systems are
Linotype marks in this product does not imply available.
any sponsorship, approval, This section describes the
Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype or endorsement by such companies
Corp. registered in the U.S. Patent infotainment system without built-in
of this product. Navigation system. For the system
and Trademark Office and may be
registered in certain other with built-in Navigation, see
jurisdictions in the name of Linotype Introduction 0 97.
Corp. or its licensee Note
Linotype GmbH. Some functions of the Infotainment
Usage in text form of each of the System may not be compatible with
Licensed Trademarks is: all phones or smartphones available
in the market. Such features also
The trademark attribution depend on the connection with the
requirements for the Licensed internet and the service offered by
Trademarks may be viewed at http:// phone companies and apps
www.linotype.com/2061-19414/ availability.
trademarks.html.
Read the following pages to
become familiar with these features.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
150 Infotainment System - MyLink

functions when driving. These The infotainment system only works
{ Warning functions may grey out when they in the vehicle in which it was first
are unavailable. Many infotainment installed, and cannot be used in
Taking your eyes off the road for features are also available through another vehicle.
too long or too often while using the steering wheel controls.
any infotainment feature can Overview
cause a crash. You or others Before driving:
could be injured or killed. Do not . Become familiar with the
give extended attention to operation, faceplate buttons, and
infotainment tasks while driving. screen buttons.
Limit your glances at the vehicle . Set up the audio by pre-setting
displays and focus your attention favourite stations, setting the
on driving. Use voice commands tone, and adjusting the
whenever possible. speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
{ Warning easily by touching a single
button or by using a single voice
It is illegal to touch your phone command if equipped with
when driving. Bluetooth phone capability. 1. O
®
Make sure that Bluetooth is . Press to turn the power on.
activated before driving. If not, Theft-Deterrent Feature
. Press and hold to turn the
stop at a safe place to use a The infotainment system has an power off.
mobile phone. electronic security system installed
to prevent theft. . Press to mute the system
when on.
The infotainment system has built-in
features intended to help avoid . Turn to decrease or
distraction by disabling some increase the volume.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

2. d 5. b Home Page Features
. Radio: Press to . Press this button to access
automatically search for the Phone screen. (If there
available radio stations with is no connected phone, the
good reception. monitor will show the
. USB/Bluetooth Music/ Device Management Menu
Movies/Pictures: Press to to allow you to connect a
go to the next content. previously paired phone or
Press and hold to fast establish a new Bluetooth
forward. enabled phone connection.)
3. g Home Page
. Radio: Press to Touchscreen Buttons
automatically search for
available radio stations with Touchscreen buttons show on the Press { to go to the Home Page.
good reception. screen when available. When a Audio : Touch to select AM, FM,
function is unavailable, the button USB/iPod/Bluetooth Audio, or AUX.
. USB/Bluetooth Music/ may grey out. When a function is
Movies/Pictures: Press to selected, the button may highlight. Gallery : Touch to view a picture or
go to the previous content. watch a movie.
Press and hold to fast
rewind. Phone : Touch to activate the
phone features (if equipped). See
4. { Bluetooth 0 130.
. Press to go to the Home Projection : Touch to access
Page. See Home Page supported devices when connected.
0 151. See USB Port 0 105.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Settings : Touch to access the Steering Wheel Controls . Press this button to mute or
Settings menu. See Operation unmute the infotainment
0 153.
(If equipped) system when not on a call.
Edit Mode 3. % button
In edit mode, the home page can be . When there is no
rearranged. connected Bluetooth
device, the Infotainment
1. Press { on the control panel. system executes the
2. Press and hold the any menu Bluetooth device
to enter the edit mode. connection.
3. Drag and drop the desired . When there is a connected
menu to change the position. Bluetooth device, press the
button to answer the call or
4. Press { to exit the edit mode. enter the redial
Note 1. Volume button selection mode.
. The edit mode exits after a . Move the button upward to If the customer's connected
timeout of inactivity of VOL + button to increase phone supports Speech
30 seconds. the volume. Recognition, press and hold
. If you drag and drop the menu the button to activate the
. Move the button downward phone's SR (Speech
on the arrow, the menu will be to - button to decrease the
arranged on the previous or recognition) mode.
volume.
next page. . If an iPhone is connected,
. The maximum number of edit 2. 5 button press and hold to enter the
mode pages is three. . Siri function.
Press this button to decline
an incoming call or end a
current call.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

4. _ /^ (seek) Automatic Switch-Off Radio
If the infotainment system has been
. When _ /^ are pressed
up/down.
turned on after the ignition is turned AM-FM Radio
off, the system will turn off
In Radio modes, changes automatically after 10 minutes. Playing the Radio
broadcast frequencies If the ignition is turned off and the { : Press to go to the Home Page.
saved in favourite. user opens the driver door of the O : Press to turn on, mute,
In USB/iPod/Bluetooth vehicle, the system is turned off or unmute the system. Press and
audio modes, changes automatically. hold to turn off the system.
the file.
Volume Control
Selecting a Band
. When _ /^ are pressed O : Turn to increase or decrease.
and held. Press when the system is on to 1. Press {.
In USB/iPod/Bluetooth mute and unmute the system. 2. Touch AUDIO.
audio modes, rewind or fast Note 3. Touch Source.
forward the file. When changing the audio source, a
4. Select AM, FM, DAB, USB,
difference in volume may be
Operation Bluetooth or AUX input.
experienced.
The last station that was playing
Radio Controls starts playing again.
The infotainment system is operated
by using the pushbuttons, menus Selecting a Station
shown on the display, and steering Seek Tuning
wheel controls.
If the radio station is not known:
Turning the System On or Off
Press g or d to automatically
O : Press to turn the radio on. search for available radio stations.
Press and hold to turn the radio off.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Direct Tune . During the AM or FM 2. Touch S or T to select the
From the AM or FM menu: broadcasting list update, touch desired page of saved
Cancel to stop the updates. favourites.
1. Touch Tune.
RDS 3. Touch and hold any of the
2. Enter the station number. preset buttons to save the
Setting the RDS function in the FM
3. Touch Go. radio RDS supported. current radio station to that
button of the selected
Favourite . From the FM menu, turn on or favourites page.
off the RDS.
1. Touch S or T to scroll through To change a preset button, tune to
the favourite pages. Menu the new desired radio station and
2. Touch the station to select it. Touch to choose between available touch and hold the preset button.
menus for the current source.
Station List Radio Reception
1. From the AM or FM menu, Storing a Station as a
Frequency interference and static
touch Menu. Favourite
can occur during normal radio
2. Select Station List. Stations from all bands can be reception if items such as mobile
stored in any order in the favourite phone chargers, vehicle
3. Touch Q or R to scroll through pages. convenience accessories, and
the list. Touch the station to external electronic devices are
select it. Up to 25 stations can be stored.
plugged into the accessory power
Update Station List Storing Stations outlet. If there is interference or
To store the station to a position in static, unplug the item from the
. From the AM or FM menu, touch accessory power outlet.
Menu, then touch Update Station the list, touch the corresponding
List. The broadcasting list button 1−5 until a beep is heard. FM
updating will begin. 1. Select the desired station. FM signals only reach about 16 to
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
radio has a built-in electronic circuit
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

that automatically reduces Radio Reception (DAB) 2. Touch S or T to select the
interference, some static can occur, desired page of saved
especially around tall buildings or Digital Audio Broadcasting favourites.
hills, causing the sound to fade in Digital audio broadcasting (DAB) is
and out. 3. Touch and hold any of the
an innovative and universal preset buttons to save the
AM broadcasting system. current radio station to that
The range for most AM stations is DAB Radio button of the selected
greater than for FM, especially at favourites page.
Listening to DAB radio
night. The longer range can cause Up to 5 favourites pages can be
station frequencies to interfere with 1. Press { on the control panel. saved, and each page can store up
each other. Static can occur when to five radio station.
things like storms and power lines 2. Touch AUDIO.
To change a preset button, tune to
interfere with radio reception. When 3. Touch Source. the new desired radio station and
this happens, try reducing the treble
4. Select DAB on the screen. The touch and hold the preset button.
on the radio.
DAB radio of the most recent
Listening to PRESET Button
Mobile Phone Usage listened station is displayed.
Directly
Mobile phone usage, such as Searching for Broadcasting
making or receiving phone calls, Automatically 1. Touch S or T to select the
charging, or just having the phone desired page of saved
on may cause static interference in Press g or d on the control panel favourites.
the radio. Unplug the phone or turn to automatically search for available 2. Touch any of the preset buttons
it off if this happens. station with good reception to directly listen to the radio
Storing a Broadcasting as a station saved to that button.
Favourite General Operation of the Menu
1. Select the desired station. 1. Touch Menu on the DAB radio
screen.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

2. Touch the desired menu to Fixed Mast Antenna Install the antenna firmly.
select the relevant item or to Whenever using the roof rack
display the item’s system, check if the antenna is not
detailed menu. obstructing the area that is being
Categories used by the roof rack system or the
cargo.
1. From the DAB menu, press
theCategories to display the
DAB category list. The DAB
category list information is
displayed.
2. Touch Q or R to scroll through
the list. Touch the station to
select it.
Note To remove the roof antenna, rotate it
In case of the DAB mode, only the anticlockwise. To install the roof
selected category is displayed in the antenna, rotate it clockwise.
category list.
Caution
Update Station List
1. From the DAB menu, press To avoid damaging the antenna or
theUpdate Station List to the roof panel, be sure to remove
display the update DAB station the antenna before entering the
list. The DAB broadcasting list automatic car wash or a place
update will proceed. with a low ceiling.
2. During the DAB broadcasting
list update, press Cancelto stop
it from saving changes.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Audio Players The USB port can play both lower USB Port (Audio System)
and upper case .mp3, .wma, .ogg,
The infotainment system can play
and .wav files stored on a USB
USB Port storage device.
the music files contained in the USB
storage device or iPod/iPhone
Using the USB Port USB Supported Folder Structure products.
The infotainment system can play The infotainment system supports Audio System Information
music or movies by connecting a up to 15 stages of folder structure.
device to the USB port. Using MP3/WMA/OGG/WAV Files
Connecting a USB Storage . Music files with .mp3, .wma,
USB Support Device or iPod/iPhone .ogg, and .wav file name
The vehicle may have a USB port To connect a USB storage device, extensions can be played.
on the main storage under the connect the device to the USB port. . MP3 files that can be played: Bit
armrest, and if so uses the USB 2.0
standard. To connect an iPod/iPhone, connect rate: 8 kbps to 320 kbps.
one end of the device's cable to the Sampling frequency: 48 kHz,
Not all iPods and USB drives are iPod/iPhone and the other end to 44.1 kHz, 32 kHz, 24 kHz, 22.05
compatible with the USB port. the USB port. kHz, and 16 kHz.
Make sure the iPod has the latest The iPod/iPhone charges while it is . Files with a bit rate above
firmware from Apple® for proper connected to the vehicle if the 128 kbps will result in higher
operation. iPod firmware can be ignition is in position 1 or 2. See quality sound.
updated using the latest iTunes® Starting the Engine 0 189. When the . ID3 Tag information for MP3
application. See www.apple.com/br/ vehicle is turned off, the iPod/
itunes. files, such as the album name
iPhone automatically powers off and and the artist, can be displayed.
For help with identifying your iPod, will not charge or draw power from
. To display album title, track title,
go to www.apple.com/br/support. the vehicle's battery.
and artist information, the file
For more information on USB should be compatible with the
usage, see “Audio System ID3 Tag V1 and V2 formats.
Information” under later in this
section.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Using USB Storage Devices and performance of the USB hub. . Some iPod/iPhone product
iPod/iPhone If there is not enough power models may not support the
. Use a USB or flash memory type supply, it may not operate connectivity or functionality of
storage device. Do not connect normally. this product.
using a USB adaptor. . Do not disconnect the USB . Only connect the iPod/iPhone
. Do not connect and reconnect storage device while it is playing. with connection cables
the USB device repeatedly in a This may cause damage to the supported by iPod/iPhone
short time, as this may cause product or affect the products. Other connection
static electricity and problems performance of the USB device. cables cannot be used.
using the device. . Disconnect the USB storage . The iPod/iPhone may be
. Use a USB device with a metal device when the ignition is damaged if it is connected to the
connecting terminal. turned off. If the ignition is turned vehicle with the ignition on.
on while the USB device is When not in use, disconnect the
. Connection with i-Stick Type connected, the USB device may iPod/iPhone.
USB storage devices may be be damaged or may not operate . When the iPod/iPhone is
faulty due to vehicle vibration. normally. connected to the USB port with
. Do not touch the USB . USB storage devices can only an iPod/iPhone cable, Bluetooth
connecting terminal. be connected for playing music/ music is not supported.
. The time it takes to process files movies and viewing photo files. . The iPod/iPhone playback
will depend on the USB storage . Do not use the USB terminal to functions and the information
device type and capacity, and charge USB accessory displayed may be different when
the type of files stored. equipment. The heat generated played on the infotainment
. Some USB storage device files may cause performance issues system.
may not be compatible. or damage.
. Up to two USB devices and one . Music files to which Digital Right
iPod can be played through a Management (DRM) is applied
USB hub. All devices may not be cannot be played.
supported, depending on the
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Changing to Next/Previous Files
. Touch l to change to the
next file.
. Touch g within five seconds of
the playback time to play the
previous file.
Returning to the Beginning of the
. Refer to the table for the If the USB device is already Current File
classification items related to the connected:
search function provided by the Touch g after five seconds of the
iPod/iPhone. . Press {. playback time.
USB Player . Touch AUDIO. Scanning Forwards or Backwards
Playing Music from a USB Device . Touch Source. Touch and hold g or l during
. Touch USB. playback to rewind or fast forward.
. Connect the USB device to the
Release the button to resume
USB port. To stop the USB device and select playback at normal speed.
. Play will start automatically after another media source, touch
Source, then select the other Playing a File Randomly
the system has finished reading
the USB device. source. Touch Z during playback.
. If a non-readable USB device is To remove the USB device, select . ON : Plays all files randomly.
connected, an error message another function, then remove the
USB device. . OFF : Returns to normal
displays and the system will
switch to the previous audio playback.
Pause
function. Using the USB Music Menu
. Touch j to pause. . Touch Menu during playback.
. Touch r to resume. . Touch the desired menu.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Browse Music iPod/iPhone Player To stop the device and select
1. Touch Browse Music. This feature is limited to models another media source, touch
supporting the iPod/iPhone Source, then select the other
2. Touch the desired music. source.
connection.
Tone Settings To remove the device, select
Playing Music Files
. Touch Tone Settings. The Tone another function, then remove the
. Connect the iPod/iPhone to the device.
Settings menu is displayed. See
“Tone Settings” under “Radio USB port.
Pause
Controls” in Operation 0 153. . Play will start from the previously
played point after the system . Touch j to pause.
Auto Volume
has finished reading the USB
. Touch Auto Volume. The Auto . Touch r to resume.
device.
Volume menu is displayed. See Changing to Next/Previous Song
. If a non-readable USB device is
“Auto Volume” under “Radio
Controls” in Operation 0 153. connected, an error message . Touch l to change to the
displays and the system will next song.
MTP (Media Transfer Protocol) switch to the previous audio
. Connect a MTP supported function. . Touch g within three seconds
device. If the iPod/iPhone is already of the playback time to play the
connected: previous file.
. Play will start automatically after
the system has finished reading Returning to the Beginning of the
1. Press {. Current File
the MTP device.
2. Touch AUDIO.
. If a non-readable MTP device is Touch g after three seconds of the
connected, an error message 3. Touch Source. playback time.
displays and the system will 4. Touch iPod.
switch to the previous audio
function.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Scanning Forwards or Backwards Auto Volume 2. Touch the screen to open to full
. Touch Auto Volume. The Auto screen. Touch the screen again
Touch and hold g or l during to return to the previous
playback to rewind or fast forward. Volume menu is displayed. See
“Auto Volume” under “Radio screen.
playback at normal speed. Controls” in Operation 0 153. If the compatible USB device is
already connected:
Playing a File Randomly USB Port (Picture System)
The infotainment system can view 1. Press {.
Touch Z during playback.
picture files stored on a USB 2. Touch GALLERY.
. ON: Plays all files randomly. storage device and devices that
. OFF: Returns to normal support Media Transfer 3. Touch \.
playback. Protocol (MTP).
Caution
Using the iPod Menu Picture System Information
. Touch Menu during playback. . Supported file extensions: .jpg, Some features are disabled while
.bmp, .png, .gif. the vehicle is in motion.
. Touch the appropriate
play mode. . Animated GIF files are not
supported. Viewing a Slide Show
Browse Music
. Some files may not operate due 1. Touch z from the picture
1. Touch Browse Music.
to a different recording format or screen.
2. Touch the desired music. the condition of the file.
2. Touch the screen to cancel the
Tone Settings Viewing Pictures slide show during the slide
. Touch Tone Settings. The Tone 1. Connect the USB device to the show playback.
Settings menu is displayed. See USB port. Viewing a Previous or Next
“Tone Settings” under “Radio
Picture
Controls” in Operation 0 153.
Touch S or T from the picture
screen.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Rotating a Picture USB Port (Movie System) ‐ ac-3: 640 Kbps
Touch w from the picture screen. The infotainment system can play ‐ aac: 449 Kbps
movie files stored on a USB storage . Movie files to which Digital Right
Enlarging a Picture device and devices that support Management (DRM) is applied
Touch x from the picture screen. Media Transfer Protocol (MTP). may not be played.
Movie System Information Playing a Movie File
Using the USB Picture Menu
. Available resolution: Lower than 1. Connect the USB device to the
1. Touch MENU from the picture
1280 x 720 (W x H) pixels. USB port.
screen.
. Frame rate: Less than 30 fps. 2. Touch the screen to open to full
2. Touch the appropriate menu:
. Playable movie file: mp4. The screen. Touch the screen again
. Slide Show Time: Allows
playable movie file may not be to return to the previous
selection of the slide show screen.
played according to the codec
interval.
format. If the USB device is already
. Clock, Temp. Display:
. Playable codec format: H.264 connected:
Allows selection of On or
codec.
Off to show the clock and 1. Press {.
temperature on the full . Playable Audio format: MP3,
screen. AC3, AAC, WMA. 2. Touch GALLERY.
. Display Settings: Adjusts . Max video bitrate: 3. Touch z.
for Brightness and Contrast. ‐ mpeg-1: 8 Mbps Movie is not available while driving.
3. Touch 0 to exit. ‐ mpeg-4 (mpg4, mp42, mp43): Pause
4 Mbps
. Touch j to pause.
. Max audio bitrate:
‐ mp3: 320 Kbps
. Touch r to resume.
‐ wma: 320 Kbps

2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Changing to Next/Previous Movie 2. Touch the appropriate menu: If equipped, the auxiliary input jack
. Tone Settings: shows the can be used to connect external
. Touch u to change to the audio devices such as an iPod®,
next file. sound setup. See “Tone
Settings” in Operation iPhone®, MP3 player, CD player or
. Touch t within five seconds of 0 153. other supported device for use as
another source for audio listening.
the playback time to play the . Auto Volume: Automatically
previous file. This input jack is not an audio
adjusts the volume output; do not plug headphones into
Returning to the Beginning of the according to the speed of the front auxiliary input jack.
Current Movie the vehicle. See “Auto
Volume” in Operation If equipped with auxiliary input jack
Touch t after five seconds of the 0 153. the infotainment system can play
playback time. music connected by the auxiliary
. Clock Temp. Display: device.
Scanning Forwards or Backwards Allows selection of On or
Off to show the clock and Playing Music
Touch and hold t or u during temperature on the full To play music from the device, if the
playback to rewind or fast forward. screen. device is already connected:
playback at normal speed. . Display Settings: Adjusts 1. Press {.
for brightness and contrast.
Viewing Full Screen 2. Touch AUDIO.
3. Touch 0 to exit.
Touch t from the movie screen. 3. Touch Source.
Touch t again to return to the Auxiliary Devices 4. Touch AUX.
previous screen.
Using the Auxiliary Input Jack 5. Touch 0.
Using the USB Movie Menu (if equipped) To adjust the tone settings, see
1. Touch MENU from the movie Settings menus and functions may "Preset Tone Settings" and "Custom
screen. vary depending on vehicle options. Tone Settings" under "System
Settings" in Operation 0 153.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

.
Phone Pair mobile phone(s) to the
vehicle. The system may not
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system
can use a Bluetooth-capable mobile
work with all mobile phones. See phone with a Hands-Free Profile to
Bluetooth “Pairing” later in this section. make and receive phone calls. The
If equipped with Bluetooth® infotainment system is used to
capability, the system can interact { Danger control the system. The system can
be used while in ignition position 1
with many Bluetooth phones, PDAs,
or other devices to: Taking your eyes off the road for or 2. See Starting the Engine 0 189.
too long or too often while using Not all phones support all functions
. Place and receive hands-free
any infotainment feature can and not all phones work with the
calls. Bluetooth system.
cause a crash. You or others
. Transmit hands-free data. could be injured or killed. Do not There may be restrictions on using
. Play audio streaming files. give extended attention to Bluetooth wireless technology in
infotainment tasks while driving. some locations.
The device must be paired first. See
“Pairing” later in this section. Limit your glances at the vehicle Due to the variety of Bluetooth
displays and focus your attention devices and their firmware versions,
To minimise driver distraction, on driving. Use voice commands
before driving, and with the vehicle the device may respond differently
whenever possible. when performing over Bluetooth.
parked:
. Become familiar with the Pairing
features of the mobile phone.
Organise the phone book and { Warning A Bluetooth-enabled mobile phone
must be paired to the Bluetooth
contact lists clearly and delete system and then connected to the
It is illegal to touch your phone
duplicate or rarely used entries. vehicle before it can be used. See
when driving.
If possible, program speed dial your mobile phone manufacturer's
or other shortcuts. Make sure that Bluetooth® is user guide for Bluetooth functions
. Review the controls and activated before driving. If not, before pairing the mobile phone.
operation of the infotainment stop at a safe place to use a
system. mobile phone.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Pairing Information dependent on the type of phone Pairing a Phone – SSP and Paired
. A Bluetooth phone with MP3 paired. If the automatic download Device
capability cannot be paired to does not occur, proceed with the When a paired device is on the
the vehicle as a phone and an phone book download on the infotainment system and SSP is
MP3 player via USB port at the phone. supported:
same time. Pairing a Phone – SSP and No
Paired Device
1. Press {.
. Up to 10 mobile phones can be
paired to the Bluetooth system. When there is no paired device on 2. Touch Settings.
. Pairing only needs to be the infotainment system and Simple 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
completed once, unless the Secure Pairing (SSP) is supported: Management.
pairing information on the mobile 1. Press {. 4. Touch the desired device to
phone changes or the mobile pair. When the Bluetooth
phone is deleted from the 2. Touch PHONE or press % on device and infotainment system
system. the steering wheel. are successfully paired, the
. Only one paired mobile phone 3. Touch Search Device. device name is highlighted on
can be connected to the the pair device screen. If no
Bluetooth system at a time. 4. Touch the desired device to desired device is available go
pair on the searched list to Step 5.
. If multiple paired mobile phones screen.
are within range of the system, 5. Touch Search Device to search
the system connects to the first 5. Touch Yes on the pop-up for the desired device.
available paired mobile phone in screen of the Bluetooth device
and infotainment system. 6. Touch the desired device to
the order that they were first pair on the searched list
paired. 6. When the Bluetooth device and screen.
When the Bluetooth device and infotainment system are
successfully paired, the phone 7. Touch Yes on the pop-up
infotainment system are screen of the Bluetooth device
successfully paired, the phone book functions are displayed on the
infotainment system. and infotainment system.
is downloaded automatically. This is
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. The connected phone is Bluetooth device. When the 4. Touch the desired device to
highlighted by 5. Bluetooth device and pair. When the Bluetooth
infotainment system are device and infotainment system
. Z / 5 indicates the hands-free successfully paired, the phone are successfully paired, the
and phone music functions are functions are displayed on the device name is highlighted on
enabled. infotainment system. the pair device screen. If no
If the connection fails, a failure desired device is available go
. 5 indicates only the hands-free to Step 5.
function is enabled. message is displayed on the
infotainment system. 5. Touch Search Device to search
. Z indicates only Bluetooth If a Bluetooth device was previously for the desired device.
music is enabled. connected, the infotainment system 6. Touch the desired device to
Pairing a Phone – No SSP and No executes the auto connection. pair on the searched list
Paired Device However, if the Bluetooth setting on screen.
the Bluetooth device is turned off, a 7. Input the Personal
When there is no paired device on failure message is displayed on the
the infotainment system and SSP is Identification Number (PIN)
infotainment system. code (default: 1234) to the
not supported:
Pairing a Phone – No SSP and Bluetooth device. When the
1. Press {. Paired Device Bluetooth device and
infotainment system are
2. Touch PHONE or press % on When a paired device is on the
successfully paired, the device
the steering wheel. infotainment system and SSP is not
name is highlighted on the pair
supported:
3. Touch Search Device. device screen.
4. Touch the desired device to 1. Press {. . Z / 5 indicates the hands-free
pair on the searched list 2. Touch Settings. and phone music functions are
screen. enabled.
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
5. Input the Personal Management.
Identification Number (PIN)
. 5 indicates only the hands-free
function is enabled.
code (default: 1234) to the
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. Z indicates only Bluetooth 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device . A mobile phone or Bluetooth
music is enabled. Management. device that supports Advanced
4. Touch the name of the device Audio Distribution Profile (A2DP)
Connecting a Paired Bluetooth versions over 1.2 must be
Device to be disconnected.
registered and connected to the
5. Touch Disconnect. vehicle.
1. Press {.
Deleting a Bluetooth Device . From the mobile phone or
2. Touch Settings. Bluetooth device, find the
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device 1. Press {. Bluetooth device type to set/
Management. 2. Touch Settings. connect the item as a stereo
4. Touch the device to be headset.
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
connected. Management. . e will appear on the screen if
Checking the Bluetooth 4. Touch the device to delete. the stereo headset is
Connection successfully connected.
5. Touch Y. . The sound played by the
1. Press {. 6. Touch Delete. Bluetooth device is delivered
2. Touch Settings. Note through the infotainment system.
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device If the device to be deleted is . Bluetooth music can be played
Management. connected, the disconnecting only when a Bluetooth device
4. The paired device will show procedure needs to be performed has been connected. To play
highlighted. previously to the deleting procedure. Bluetooth music, connect the
Bluetooth phone to the
Disconnecting a Bluetooth Device Bluetooth Music infotainment system.
1. Press {. Before playing Bluetooth music, . If the Bluetooth device is
read the following information: disconnected while playing
2. Touch Settings. phone music, the music is
discontinued. The audio
streaming function may not be
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

supported in some Bluetooth 4. Touch Bluetooth. This function may not be supported
phones. Only one function can depending on the Bluetooth device.
be used at a time between the Pause
Do not change the track too quickly
Bluetooth hands-free or Phone Touch j to pause. when playing Bluetooth music.
music function. For example,
if you convert to Bluetooth Touch r to resume. Conditions that may occur when
hands-free while playing Phone playing Bluetooth music:
music, the music is Playing the Next Song
. It takes time to transmit data
discontinued. Playing music from Touch l. from the Bluetooth device to the
the car is not possible when infotainment system.
there are no music files stored in Playing the Previous Song
the mobile phone. . If the mobile phone or Bluetooth
Touch g within approximately device is not in the waiting
Note two seconds of playback time to screen mode, it may not
Verify the volume of your phone and play the previous song. automatically play.
its music player. If it is too low, you
Returning to the Beginning of the . The infotainment system
might not be able to hear the
Bluetooth music. Current Song transmits the order to play from
the Bluetooth device in the
Note Touch g after approximately Bluetooth music play mode.
Depending on the phone device two seconds of playback time. If this is done in a different
and/or player used, the music name Search mode, then the device transmits
might not be displayed while playing the order to stop. Depending on
the music. Touch and hold g or l to rewind the Bluetooth device options,
or fast forward. this order to play/stop may take
Playing Bluetooth Music time to activate.
Playing Music Randomly
1. Press {. . If the Bluetooth music playback
Touch Z during playback. Touch is not functioning, then check to
2. Touch AUDIO.
again to return to normal play. see if the Bluetooth device is in
3. Touch Source. the waiting screen mode.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. Sounds may be cut off during port. For best performance, use ios/carplay/. Apple or Google may
the Bluetooth music playback. the device's factory-provided change or suspend availability at
. The infotainment system outputs USB cable. Aftermarket or any time.
the audio from the mobile phone third-party cables may If Android Auto device is connected
or Bluetooth device as it is not work. while another device was paired,
transmitted. The PROJECTION icon on the the switch devices pop up message
Home Page will change to Android will appear as follows:
Apple CarPlay and Auto or Apple CarPlay depending “Connecting Android Auto, will
on the phone. Android Auto and/or
Android Auto Apple CarPlay may automatically
disconnect Bluetooth
Device (Name)."
If equipped, Android Auto™ and/or launch upon USB connection. If not,
Apple CarPlay™ capability may be press the Android Auto and/or Apple Note
available through a compatible Carplay icon on the Home Page to For using Android Auto function, the
smartphone. If available, a launch. date of Infotainment System should
PROJECTION icon will appear on be the same as the Android Auto
For further information about
the Home Page of the infotainment device.
Android Auto and Apple CarPlay in
display.
the vehicle, seek the assistance of Note
To use Android Auto and/or Apple your dealer. For your safety, some applications
CarPlay: are disabled while your vehicle is in
Android Auto is provided by Google
1. Download the Android Auto and is subject to Google’s terms motion.
app to your phone from the and privacy policy. CarPlay is Note
Google™ Play store. There is provided by Apple and is subject to To end Android Auto, disconnect the
no app required for Apple Apple’s terms and privacy policy. phone from the USB port or change
CarPlay. For Android Auto support see the USB setting on the phone.
2. Connect your Android phone or https://support.google.com/
androidauto or Apple CarPlay In some cases, it might be
Apple iPhone by using the necessary to unpair the phone from
compatible phone USB cable support at https://www.apple.com/br/
the radio before plugging the USB
and plugging into a USB data cable to start the Android Auto.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Hands-Free Phone . Cancel an operation. Turning the Microphone On
. Make outgoing calls using the and Off
General Information call list. Touch 3 to turn the microphone on
Vehicles with a Hands-Free Phone
system can use a Bluetooth-capable
% : Press to answer incoming calls. or off.
mobile phone with a hands-free 5 : Press to end a call, decline a Calling by Redial
profile to make and receive phone call, or cancel an operation. To call by using redial:
calls. The infotainment system and Making a Call by Entering a Phone
voice control are used to operate . Press % on the steering wheel
Number
the system. Not all phones support controls to display the redial
all functions and not all phones work . Press {, then touch PHONE on guidance screen.
with the Hands-Free Phone system. the screen. . Touch 5 on the phone screen.
Hands-Free Phone Controls . Press % on the steering wheel. Redialling is not possible when
Use the buttons on the infotainment If a wrong number is entered, touch there is no call history.
system and the steering wheel to } to delete the number one digit at Taking Calls
operate the Hands-Free Phone a time, or touch and hold } to
system. When a phone call comes through
delete all digits of the number.
the connected Bluetooth mobile
Steering Wheel Controls (if
Switching a Call to the Mobile phone, the audio system will be
equipped)
Phone (Private Mode) muted or paused and the phone will
Steering wheel controls can be ring with the relevant information
To switch the call from the mobile
used to: displayed.
phone to hands-free:
. Answer incoming calls. Press % on the steering wheel
.
1. Touch 0.
Confirm system information. controls or touch 5 on the screen.
. End a call. 2. Touch 0 again to switch back
to hands-free. To decline the call, press 5 on the
. Decline a call. steering wheel controls or touch
K on the screen.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Using the Contacts Menu connection. But if the Bluetooth Searching for a Name
1. Touch Contacts on the phone setting on your device is turned off, Select characters by using the
screen. failure message is displayed on the keypad on the phone book screen.
Infotainment system. As characters are selected, the
2. Touch Q or R to scroll through names that include those characters
Searching for Contacts Entries
the list. will display on the phone book
1. Touch Contacts on the phone screen. As more characters of the
3. Touch the phone book entry screen.
to call. name are entered, the list of
4. If there is more than one 2. Touch 9 on the contacts possible names is shortened.
number associated with the screen. To search for the name Alex:
name, touch the number 3. Use the keypad to input the 1. Touch (abc) to select the first
to dial. name to search. For details, character.
Note see “Searching for a Name”
following. 2. Touch (jkl) to select the second
When the Bluetooth of your mobile character.
phone and the radio are 4. Touch the phone book entry
successfully paired, the phone book to call. 3. Touch (def) to select the third
is downloaded automatically. But the character.
5. If there is more than one
phone book may not be downloaded number associated with the 4. Touch (wxy) to select the fourth
automatically according to the type name, touch the number character.
of the phone. In this case, use the to dial. Making a Call from Call History
phone book on your phone. We
recommend that you “Always” When the Bluetooth device and 1. Touch Call History on the
accept the Phone book connection infotainment system are phone screen.
request on the initial pairing of the successfully paired, the phone book
will download. Some phones may 2. Touch one of the following for:
phone.
If there is a connected Bluetooth
not download automatically. If this . W All calls history.
happens, connect it again or
device previously, the Infotainment proceed with the phone book . [ Dialled calls.
system executes the auto download on the phone.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. Y Missed calls. Settings 2. Touch Time and Date, then Set
Date Format.
. X Received calls. Various settings for the infotainment
3. Select DD/MM/YYYY (day/
system and vehicle can be changed
3. Select the contact entry to call. month/year), MM/DD/YYYY
via the Settings menu.
(month/day/year), or YYYY/
Making a Call with Speed Dial Some settings for different drivers MM/DD (year/month/day)
Numbers can be memorised individually for format.
Touch and hold the speed dial each vehicle key.
number using the keypad on the 4. Touch 3.
phone screen. Press { and select Settings on the
home screen. Setting the Time and Date
Only speed dial numbers already
stored on the mobile phone can be Note 1. Press {, then touch Settings.
used for speed dial calls. Up to Depending on vehicle model and 2. Touch Time and Date, then Set
two-digit speed dial numbers are options, some of the functions Time or Set Date.
supported. described below may not be
available. 3. Touch + or − to adjust the
For two-digit speed dial numbers, value.
press and hold the second digit to Time and Date
make a call to the speed dial 4. Touch R or Q to adjust AM or
number. Setting the 12/24 Hour Format PM for 12 hour format.
1. Press {, then touch Settings. 5. Touch 3 to go back to the
2. Touch Time and Date, then source screen.
select 12h or 24h format. Language
3. Touch 3. 1. Press {, then touch Settings.
Setting the Month and Day Format 2. Touch Language.
1. Press {, then touch Settings. 3. Select language displayed on
the Infotainment system.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Radio 4. Select a Preset tone setting or 1. Press {, then touch Settings.
a Custom tone setting and the
Manage Favourites Fader/Balance: 2. Touch Radio.
1. Press {, then touch Settings. Preset 3. Select Auto Volume.
2. Touch Radio. . Talk, Rock, Jazz, Pop, 4. Select the desired setting.
3. Touch Manage Favorites, then Country, Classical, 5. Touch 3 to go back to the
select the number of favourite or Custom. source screen.
list on the radio screen. Custom Maximum Startup Volume
Audible Touch Feedback . Bass, Midrange, or Treble:
Touch − or +.
1. Press {, then touch Settings.
1. Press {, then touch Settings. 2. Touch Radio.
2. Touch Radio. Fader or Balance
. Adjust the front/rear or left/ 3. Touch Maximum Startup
3. Turn on or off the Audible Volume, then set between 13
Touch Feedback. right speakers by dragging
to 37.
the dot in the vehicle image
Text Scroll on the screen. Vehicle
1. Press {, then touch Settings. 5. Touch 3 to go back to the Adjusts the vehicle personalisation
source screen. settings. See Vehicle
2. Touch Radio.
Personalisation 0 87.
3. Turn on or off the Text Scroll. Auto Volume
This feature automatically adjusts
Bluetooth
Tone Settings
the radio volume to compensate for 1. Press {, then touch Settings.
1. Press {, then touch Settings. road and wind noise.
2. Touch Bluetooth.
2. Touch Radio. The level of volume compensation
can be selected, or the feature can 3. Touch the desired item:
3. Touch Tone Settings. be turned off. . Device Information: Check
the device information.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. Device management: Note Rear Camera
Select the desired device Even though you set the Projection The Rear Camera menu is available
and connect/disconnect or feature "Off", connecting the device in vehicles which have a Rear
delete. and pressing the projection feature Vision Camera (RVC) option.
. Change Pairing PIN: on home screen will display pop up
Manually change/set the message as following: "While active, 1. Press {, then touch Settings.
PIN code. New device will be displayed on this
2. Touch Rear Camera.
screen".
. Ringtones: Change the . Guidance Lines: Select the
ringtone. USB Auto Launch Guidance Lines feature to
. Sort Order: Change the 1. Press {, then touch Settings. turn on or off.
sorting order of contacts. . Rear Park Assist Symbols:
(First/Last or Last/First) 2. Touch USB Auto Launch.
Select the Rear Park Assist
. Voice Mail Numbers: 3. Select on or off. Symbols feature to turn on
Change the voice mail . On: If you connect the or off.
number. device through USB port, it Return to Factory Settings
will be launched
Apple CarPlay automatically. 1. Press {, then touch Settings.
1. Press {, then touch Settings. . Off: If you connect the 2. Touch Return to Factory
2. Touch Apple CarPlay. device through USB port, it Settings.
will not be launched
3. Select on or off. . Restore Vehicle Settings:
automatically.
Restore all vehicle settings.
Android Auto Turn display Off . Clear All Private Data:
1. Press {, then touch Settings. Turns the infotainment display off. Clear all private data from
Touch the display to turn it back on. the system.
2. Touch Android Auto.
. Restore Radio Settings:
3. Select on or off. Restore all radio settings.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Software Information Trademarks and
1. Press {, then touch Settings. Licence Agreements
2. Touch Software Information.
. Open Source: Displays the
software licensing
information.
. Software Update: Select to
update the system. Refer to
your dealer.
DivX Certified® to play DivX® video,

including premium content.
Covered by one or more of the
following U.S. patents: 7,295,673;
The Bluetooth word mark and logos 7,460,668; 7,515,710; 7,519,274.
are owned by the Bluetooth® SIG,
Inc. and any use of such marks by DivX®, DivX Certified® and
General Motors is under license. associated logos are trademarks of
Other trademarks and trade names Rovi Corporation or its subsidiaries
are those of their respective owners. and are used under license.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

iPod and iPhone are trademarks of
Apple Computer, Inc., registered in
the U.S. and other countries.
Android Auto is a trademark of
Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a
trademark of Apple Inc.
“Made for iPod” and “Made for

iPhone” mean that an electronic
accessory has been designed to
connect specifically to iPod or
iPhone respectively, and has been
certified by the developer to meet
Apple performance standards.
Apple is not responsible for the
operation of this device or its
compliance with safety and
regulatory standards. Please note
that the use of this accessory with
iPod, iPhone may affect wireless
performance.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Climate Controls 177

Climate Controls Climate Control Controls for:
. Air distribution (A).
Systems
. Fan speed (B).
Climate Control Systems
Air Conditioning System . . . . . . 177 Air Conditioning System . Temperature (C).
Electronic Climate Control . Air recirculation/ (D).
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 { Warning
. Heated rear window 1 (E).
Air Vents Do not sleep in a vehicle with the
Adjustable Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . 182 air conditioning or heating system . Air conditioning u (F).
Fixed Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 on. It may cause serious harm or
death due to a drop in oxygen Temperature
Maintenance
Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 content and/or body temperature. Adjust the temperature by turning
Passenger Compartment Air the knob (C).
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Blue : Cold.
Air Conditioning Regular
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Red : Warm.
Air Distribution
Select air outlet by turning the
knob (A).
Y : To head area via adjustable air
vents.
) : To head area and foot well.
6 : To foot well.
- : To windscreen and foot well.
0 : Demisting and defrosting.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
178 Climate Controls

Fan Speed If no cooling or drying is required,
Adjust the air flow by turning the
{ Warning switch the air conditioning system
off to save fuel.
knob (B) to the desired speed. Driving in recirculation mode for a
prolonged period of time can The air conditioning will not operate
Heated Rear Window when the fan control knob (B) is in
make you sleepy. Periodically turn
Operated by pressing the 1 to the outside air mode for the 0 position.
button (E), see Heated Rear fresh air. Even though the air conditioning is
Window 0 31. The exchange of fresh air is turned on u (F), the vehicle will
Air Recirculation System reduced in air recirculation mode. produce warm air if the temperature
In operation without cooling, the knob is set in the red area.
The air recirculation mode is air humidity increases, so the To turn off the air conditioning
operated with the / button (D). windows may mist up. The quality system, press the u button (F)
Use recirculation system whenever of the passenger compartment air again or turn the fan knob (B) to 0.
you need to cool down the air faster deteriorates and may cause the
and for maximum cooling. Use it vehicle occupants to feel drowsy. If the air conditioning system u (F)
also whenever driving on dusty or is on and you turn the fan knob (B)
smelly roads, to reduce particles to 0, the air conditioning system
Air conditioning remains on but inactive, since the
and odours to penetrate the
passenger compartment. Press button u (F). Air conditioning fan is on 0. When you turn it back to
is functional only when the engine motion, the air conditioning will work
and fan are running. again.
The air conditioning system cools
and dehumidifies (dries) when
outside temperature is a little above
the freezing point. Therefore
condensation may form and drip
from under the vehicle.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. Press button / (D) to
{ Warning activate air recirculation.
It is recommended to service the . Turn the air distribution knob (A)
climate control systems by a to position Y.
Holden Dealership Network or
Authorised Repair Shop. Improper . Set temperature control knob (C)
service methods may cause to the coldest level.
personal injury. . Set fan speed knob (B) to the
highest level.
Normal Cooling . Open all the vents.
. Operate the air conditioning Indication of Settings
Controls for:
system u (F). The selected functions are indicated
. Fan speed (A).
. Turn the temperature control by the LED of the activated button.
knob (C) to the blue area for . Air conditioning (B).
cooling. Electronic Climate . Air distribution (C).
. Turn the air distribution knob (A) Control System . Demisting and defrosting (D).
to the desired position.
. Temperature (E).
. Adjust the fan control knob (B) to { Warning .
the desired speed. Heated rear window (G).
Do not sleep in a vehicle with the
. Air recirculation (H).
Maximum Cooling air conditioning or heating system
on. It may cause serious harm or AUTO : Automatic mode, all
Briefly open the windows so that the settings except temperature are
hot air can disperse quickly. death due to a drop in oxygen
content and/or body temperature. chosen automatically by the
. Switch on air conditioning u (F). system (F).
A / O : System ON/OFF (I).
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Temperature Air Distribution Switch on heated rear window
Set temperature to the desired value Press the respective button for 1 (G).
by turning the knob (E). desired adjustment, the setting of air See Heated Rear Window 0 31.
Blue : Cold. distribution is indicated on the
Info-Display.
Air Recirculation System
Red : Warm. The air recirculation mode is
- : To windscreen and foot well.
If the minimum temperature is set, operated with the / (H) button.
the climate control system runs at 6 : To foot well. When activated, external air inlet is
maximum cooling. E : To head area via adjustable air closed and internal air is
vents. recirculated within the cabin.
Heating
.
) : To head area via adjustable air To speed up the cool down and
Turn the temperature control vents and foot well. reach the desired temperature
knob (E) to the red area for faster, if not in the AUTO mode, the
heating. Fan Speed air recirculation function is
. Select the air distribution (C) to Adjust the air flow by turning the fan recommended.
the desired position. knob (A) to the desired speed.
. Turn the fan control knob (A) to Demisting and Defrosting the { Warning
the desired speed. Windows The exchange of fresh air is
Maximum Heating . Press button 0 (D). reduced in air recirculation mode.
Use the maximum heating mode for In operation without cooling, the
. Recirculation will switch to air humidity increases, so the
quick heating. fresh air. windows may mist up. The quality
. Turn the temperature control . of the passenger compartment air
Air distribution and fresh air are
knob (E) all the way to the red set automatically. deteriorates, which may cause
area for heating. the vehicle occupants to feel
The air conditioning will be
. Turn the fan control knob (A) to drowsy.
automatically switched on.
maximum speed.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Air conditioning All air vents are actuated Activated functions are also
automatically in automatic mode. indicated by the LED in the button in
Activate or deactivate with the A/C
The air vents should therefore some cases.
(B) button. The air conditioning is
always be open. The electronic climate control
only functional when the engine and
Climate Control System are running. The following functions can be system is only fully operational
adapted manually, however, the when the engine is running.
The air conditioning system cools
system will no longer function in Do not cover the sensor on the
and dehumidifies (dries) when
automatic mode. instrument panel for correct
outside temperature is above a
specific level. Therefore . Fan speed (A). operation.
condensation may form and drip . Air conditioning (B).
from under the vehicle.
Manual Settings
. Air distribution (C). Climate control system settings can
Even though the air conditioning is
turned on, the vehicle will produce . Demisting and defrosting (D). be changed by activating the
warm air if the temperature knob is buttons and turning the rotary
. Air recirculation (H).
set in the red area. knobs. Changing a setting can
. Power O (I). deactivate the automatic mode.
If no cooling or drying is required,
switch the cooling system off to The preselected temperature is To return to automatic mode, press
save fuel. automatically regulated. In the AUTO button (F).
automatic mode, the fan speed and
Automatic Mode AUTO air distribution automatically
Basic setting for maximum comfort: regulate the air flow.
. Press AUTO button, the air The system can be manually
conditioning is activated adapted by the use of air distribution
automatically. and fan speed controls.
. Open all air vents. Each change of settings is indicated
in the Info-Display.
. Set preselected temperature
turning knob (E).
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Air Vents { Warning
Adjustable Air Vents Do not attach any objects to the
slats of the air vents. Risk of
At least one air vent must be open
while cooling is on in order to damage and injury in case of an
prevent the evaporator from icing up accident.
due to lack of air movement.
Fixed Air Vents
Additional air vents are located
beneath the windscreen, door
windows and in the foot wells.
Direct the air flow by tilting and
swivelling the adjuster knob.
Push the adjuster knob up to open

and down to close the vent or to
adjust the volume of air.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Maintenance Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
Air Intake The filter removes contaminants
such as pollen and dust from the air
entering the vehicle.
Maintenance of the pollen filter is
required. Refer to the Service/
Warranty Booklet.

Operation
To ensure efficient performance,
switch the air conditioning system
on for a few minutes once a month,
even in winter.
Outside air is drawn into the vehicle
through the opening between the
bonnet and the windscreen.
Keep the area clear of debris.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
184 Driving and Operating

Driving and Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Interruption of Power
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 213
Operating Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Manual Transmission
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 196 Fuel
Driving Information Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Driving Environment . . . . . . . . . . 185 Drive Systems Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Trailer Towing
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 187 Brakes Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 223
Starting and Operating Antilock Brake
New vehicle running-in . . . . . . . 187 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Conversions and Add-Ons
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Add-On Electrical
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Starting the Diesel Engine . . . . 189 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 202
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Ride Control Systems
Engine Exhaust Traction Control
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Electronic Stability
Diesel Particulate Filter Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Diesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . 191 Descent Control
Automatic Transmission System (DCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 193 Cruise Control
Transmission Display . . . . . . . . . 193 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Shift Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Object Detection Systems
Electronic Driving Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Driving and Operating 185

. Ensure that there are no
Driving Information obstructions that could limit Warning (Continued)
brake pedal use.
Driving Environment It is recommended that if gas
. Continuous or heavy use of cylinders are frequently
Before entering the vehicle brakes will shorten the life of the transported that a purpose-built
Check that windows, mirrors and brake pads. carrying compartment be used.
lamps are clean. . See Antilock Brake System Ensure any transportation of gas
Visually check tyre inflation. Check 0 200. cylinders complies with the
tyre pressures weekly. Loose Articles applicable regulations.
Before driving off Do not leave loose articles or
1. Close and secure all doors. luggage in the passenger Steering
compartment. Secure in the rear
2. Position the seat for load area. Electric Power Steering
comfortable driving.
The vehicle has electric power
3. Adjust rear view mirrors. { Warning steering. It does not have power
4. Fasten seat belts. steering fluid. Regular maintenance
Portable gas cylinders can leak, is not required.
5. Check that warning indicators creating a risk of fire or explosion.
illuminate when turning the If the assistance is lost due to a
ignition on. See Instrument As a precaution, ensure adequate system malfunction, the vehicle can
Panel Overview 0 64. ventilation when carrying gas be steered, but may require
cylinders. increased effort.
Brakes
They must be restrained from See your dealer if there is a
. Do not let the vehicle run down rolling around and where problem.
hills or coast with the engine off, possible, placed in the rear load
as the power assistance does compartment of the vehicle.
not operate.
(Continued)
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

If the steering wheel is turned until it . Be aware of uncommon noises . Check the body frame, steering,
reaches the end of its travel and is from the tyres and the engine. suspension, wheels, tyres,
held against that position for an . Always drive at a speed at which exhaust system, fuel lines and
extended period of time, power you are able to maintain control cooling system.
steering assist may be reduced. of the vehicle. Note
If the power steering is used for an Regular off-road driving requires
extended period of time, the Caution more frequent maintenance.
assistance may be reduced.
When driving off-road, sudden Water Crossing
Normal use of the power steering
assist should return when the motion and manoeuvres can Before crossing water:
system cools down. make you lose control of the . Switch off the air-conditioning.
steering. This could cause a
See specific vehicle steering collision. Therefore, when driving . Do not attempt to drive through
messages under Steering System water more than 600 mm deep.
on-road and off-road, you and
Messages 0 85. See your dealer if
your passengers should wear . Never drive into fast-running
there is a problem.
seat belts. water. The force of the water can
easily move the vehicle
Off-Road Driving sideways, possibly into deeper
After driving off-road:
Before driving off-road: water.
. Remove any debris from under
. Check the fuel level. Fuel 0 216. . Drive very slowly through deep
the vehicle or bonnet. It may
. Check spare tyre pressure. See become a fire hazard. water. Driving too fast may
Tyre Pressure 0 279. cause water to enter the engine
. After driving through mud or and cause major damage.
. Check fluid levels. See Engine sand, clean and check the brake
. Immediately after driving through
Compartment Overview 0 229. linings.
deep water, drive slowly and
While driving off-road: check the brake pedal force.
. Be alert to unexpected
restrictions.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

If the brakes are wet, press Starting and Ignition Positions
firmly several times to dry them
out quickly. Operating Caution
. If the vehicle is stationary in
deep water for an extended time, New vehicle running-in Use the correct key, make sure it
water may have entered the Use the following precautions to is all the way in — or pushed in
engine, transmission, improve performance: toward the steering column when
differentials and wheel bearings. turning the engine off — and turn
Contact a Holden Dealer as . Do not make full throttle starts.
it only with your hand.
soon as possible. . Avoid downshifting to brake or
slow the vehicle.
Hill and Mountain Roads . Avoid hard stops except in
If the vehicle is driven frequently emergencies. This will allow
over hilly terrain, it must be your brakes to bed in properly.
maintained in good condition. The . Avoid hard stops except in
fluids, tyres and brake pads must be emergencies to avoid premature
checked according to the wear and the need for early
maintenance schedule shown in the replacement of brakes.
Service/Warranty Booklet.
. Avoid heavy acceleration and
On a downhill road, avoid prolonged high-speed driving to
unnecessary use of the brakes. The avoid damage to the engine and
vehicle speed can be slowed by to conserve fuel.
shifting down a gear.
. Do not tow any other vehicle. The ignition switch has four key
When driving downhill, always keep positions:
the engine running and a gear
engaged. Do not drive with the 0 : Lock / Off
engine turned off or by shifting into
neutral gear.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

In this position the engine is off and This position can also be used when Turning the Engine Off
the steering wheel is locked. For the engine is off to operate the
vehicles with an automatic electrical accessories and to display
transmission, the shift lever is some instrument cluster warning
locked in P (Park). The key can be and indicator lights. Use this
removed only in this position. position for service and diagnostics,
Note: If the front wheels are turned and to verify the correct operation of
off-centre when the ignition is in this the malfunction indicator lamp, as
position, the steering lock can bind may be required for inspection
which may prevent starting the purposes.
vehicle or key removal. If this If the ignition switch is left in the
occurs, move the steering wheel Accessory or On / Run position with
from right to left or left to right while the engine off, the battery could be
turning the key to Accessory drained. The engine may not start if
position. the battery is allowed to drain for an When the vehicle is stopped, push
1 : Accessory extended period of time. the key in toward the steering
3 : Start column and turn the key to Lock /
Electrical accessories such as the Off to turn the engine off.
infotainment system and the This is the position that starts the
windscreen wipers can be operated engine. When the engine starts,
while the engine is off. The steering release the key. The key will return { Warning
wheel and automatic transmission to On / Run for driving.
Turning off the vehicle while
shift lever are unlocked.
Shifting Out of P (Park) – moving may cause loss of power
Use this position if the vehicle Automatic Transmission assist in the brake and steering
requires pushing or towing. systems and disable the airbags.
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition
2 : On / Run While driving, turn off the vehicle
switch must be in the Accessory or
On / Run position and the brake only in an emergency.
The key returns to this position
when the engine has been started. pedal must be applied.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

In an emergency, if the engine must 5. Apply the parking brake firmly. 3. Turn the ignition key to position
be turned off while the vehicle is See Parking Brake 0 201. 2 until K extinguishes.
moving:
Starting the Engine 4. Turn the key to position 3 and
1. Push the key in toward the release when the engine is
steering column and turn the running.
key to Accessory.
2. Apply the brakes using a firm
Retained Accessory
and steady pressure. Do not Power (RAP)
pump the brakes repeatedly as The power outlets may be used
this may deplete power after the engine is turned off.
assistance, requiring increased
Note
brake pedal force.
The power outlets will continue to
3. Shift the shift lever to operate for up to 10 minutes or until
N (Neutral). For vehicles with a door is opened.
an automatic transmission, do
not move it to P (Park) as the See Power Outlets 0 68.
transmission will be damaged. 1. Apply the park brake.
Starting the Diesel
After shifting to N (Neutral), 2. Turn the key to position 1 while
firmly apply the brakes and Engine
moving the steering wheel
steer the vehicle to a safe slightly to release the lock. Observe the following precautions to
location. ensure maximum turbocharger
Manual transmission: Push the
4. Come to a complete stop. Shift service life.
clutch pedal to the floor and
to P (Park) with an automatic move the shift lever to the . After starting the engine, let it
transmission, or Neutral with a neutral position. idle for approximately 1 to
manual transmission. Push the 2 minutes (avoid acceleration or
key in toward the steering Automatic transmission: Move
driving the vehicle).
column, then turn the key to the shift lever to P or N.
Lock/Off. Do not accelerate.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. Do not stop the engine Under these conditions, the
immediately after high-load engine should be started and { Warning
driving (such as high-speed allowed to idle for a few minutes
driving or driving up steep before operating at higher rpms. To avoid the possibility of injury,
gradients). Let the engine idle always apply the parking brake
for approximately 1 to 2 minutes Parking firmly before exiting the vehicle.
to cool it down. Be careful where you park or
1. Apply the parking brake firmly
. After changing the engine oil without engaging the release drive. As with any vehicle, do not
and oil filter, start the engine and button. park or operate this vehicle in
let it idle for about 1 to 2 minutes areas where combustible
(avoid acceleration or driving the 2. Automatic transmission: Select materials such as dry grass or
vehicle). position P. leaves can come in contact with
. Operate the engine above idle Manual transmission: If facing the hot exhaust system.
speed only after normal engine uphill or on flat ground, select
Never leave the engine running in
oil pressure has been 1st gear. If facing downhill,
an area such as a closed garage
established. Forcing the select reverse gear.
or underground car park.
turbocharger to operate before On an uphill gradient turn the
the bearings are adequately front wheels away from
lubricated creates unnecessary the kerb.
friction.
On a downhill gradient turn the
. Use only the specified engine oil front wheels towards the kerb.
and observe the inspection and
3. Shut all windows.
replacement intervals.
. 4. Turn the ignition off to lock the
At low outside temperatures or
steering wheel.
when the vehicle has not been
used for a long period, normal 5. Remove the key.
engine oil pressure and flow is
affected. 6. Press Q on the key to lock all
doors. See Keys 0 18.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Engine Exhaust Diesel Particulate This allows deposited soot to be
oxidised or burnt off and converted
Filter to carbon dioxide (CO2).
{ Danger The vehicle has a Diesel Particulate This process usually takes between
Engine exhaust gases contain Filter (DPF) as part of the exhaust 10 and 15 minutes but may take up
poisonous carbon monoxide, system to reduce vehicle emissions. to 30 minutes depending on driving
which is colourless and odourless conditions.
The diesel particulate filter system
and could be fatal if inhaled. collects particulates from the Increased engine speed at idle and
If exhaust gases enter the interior exhaust gases to minimise emissions of odours and smoke are
of the vehicle, open the windows. discharge of soot to the considered to be normal conditions
atmosphere. during the self cleaning process.
Have the cause of the fault
Fuel consumption may also be
repaired by a Holden Dealer. To prevent clogging of the filter, the
higher during this period.
soot particles are burnt off at regular
intervals through a self cleaning Under certain driving conditions,
process where additional fuel is such as stop-start traffic, the filter
injected into the engine cylinders to cannot clean itself. A message is
increase the particulate filter displayed when the DPF is dirty and
temperature to approximately needs to perform a self cleaning.
600°C. See Diesel Particulate Filter
Messages 0 83.
Several factors including fuel
consumed, hours of engine For the filter to clean itself, the
operation, and distance travelled are vehicle must be continuously driven
monitored by the Engine Control until the message extinguishes. This
Module (ECM). The self-cleaning can take up to 30 minutes.
occurs approximately once per tank The message extinguishes as soon
of fuel. as the self-cleaning operation is
complete. Turning the engine off
while the message is displayed will
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

prevent the cleaning process from
completing. This will result in Caution Warning (Continued)
increased fuel consumption and a
reduction in engine oil life. Permanent damage can occur to materials. Keep the exhaust area
the DPF or related components if clear of material that could ignite
You will also notice a change in the the required Ultra Low Sulfur or burn.
exhaust sound and engine idle Diesel (15 ppm sulfur maximum)
speed. This is normal. or the recommended engine oil is
If you continue to drive with the DPF not used. This damage would not
warning message displayed and the be covered by the vehicle Caution
exhaust filter is not cleaned as warranty. Extended idle should be avoided
required, the SVS (Service Vehicle
as the DPF system will not self
Soon) message will be displayed,
since the self-cleaning process is clean. During extended idle
not feasible and a dealer service is { Warning operation, monitor the DIC for
messages and take appropriate
necessary.
During DPF self cleaning or action. Continued idling with the
If the diesel particulate filter is not during extended idling, the warning message displayed may
cleaned soon, the MIL (Malfunction exhaust system and exhaust cause irreversible damage to
Indicator Lamp) will illuminate, an gases are very hot. Combustible the DPF.
'Engine Power is Reduced'
material could contact hot
message will be displayed and a
exhaust components under the
dealer service will be necessary.
See Diesel Particulate Filter vehicle and ignite. You or others
Messages 0 83, Vehicle Messages could be burnt. Do not park or idle
0 81, Engine Power Messages 0 83, for an extended period of time
Malfunction Indicator Lamp 0 73. near or over paper, leaves, dry
grass, or other combustible
(Continued)
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Automatic Shift Lever Note
. The shift lever is locked in
Transmission position P. To move, switch the
The automatic transmission permits ignition on, apply the brake
manual gear shifting (manual mode) pedal and push the release
or automatic gear shifting (automatic button.
mode) of the gears. . To engage P or R, push the
release button.
Transmission Display . To start the engine, press the
brake pedal while in either P
or N.
. Do not accelerate while
engaging a gear.
P: (park) In park position, the . Never press the accelerator
wheels are locked. Select P only pedal and brake pedal at the
when the vehicle is stationary and same time.
the parking brake is applied. . When a gear is engaged, the
R: (reverse) Place in reverse only vehicle slowly begins to creep
when the vehicle is stationary. when the brake is released.
N: (neutral) Engine Braking
The mode or selected gear is shown D: (drive) Used for general driving. For engine braking, select a lower
in the central display of the Allows the transmission to be gear when driving downhill.
instrument panel. shifted into any of the six forward
gears.
+-: (manual) See Manual Mode
0 194.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Note If the engine speed is too low, the
{ Warning The ignition key can only be transmission automatically shifts to
removed when the shift lever is in a lower gear.
Do not shift down by two or more
position P. No automatic shifting to a higher
gear positions at one time.
gear takes place at high engine
Manual Mode speed.
Grade Braking
Grade braking assists in maintaining Electronic Driving
desired vehicle speeds when driving Programs
on downhill gradients by using the
engine and transmission to slow the Kickdown
vehicle. If the accelerator pedal is pressed to
The first time the feature activates the floor while in automatic mode,
for each ignition cycle, a DIC the transmission shifts to a lower
message will be displayed. See gear, depending on the engine
Transmission Messages 0 86. speed.
Parking Fault
1. Press the brake pedal.
Move the shift lever out of position In the event of a fault, *
2. Select position P. D towards the left and then forwards illuminates. The transmission no
3. Apply the parking brake firmly or backwards as desired. longer shifts automatically or
without engaging the release + : Upshift manually because it is locked in a
button. certain gear.
- : Downshift
4. Remove the ignition key. Contact a Holden Dealer.
If a higher gear is selected when the
vehicle speed is too low or a lower
gear when vehicle speed is too
high, the shift is not executed.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Interruption of Power
Supply
If the power supply is interrupted,
the shift lever cannot be moved out
of position P and the ignition key
cannot be removed.
If the battery is discharged, start the
vehicle using jump leads. See Jump
Starting 0 260.
If the battery is not the cause of the
fault, release the shift lever and
remove the ignition key from the 2. Open the cover. 3. Insert a screwdriver into the
ignition switch/lock. Note slot until the shift lever is
unlocked.
Release Shift Lever Use a small screwdriver to prise the
cover off at both ends. 4. Move the shift lever to
To shift out of P: position N.
1. Apply the brake pedal. 5. Remove the screwdriver.
6. Close the cover.
7. Have the vehicle repaired by a
Holden Dealer as soon as
possible.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. Do not use the pedal as a
Manual Transmission foot rest.
Drive Systems
Four-Wheel Drive
Caution
If the vehicle has a four-wheel drive
Do not drive with your hand system, engine driving power can
resting on the shift lever. be sent to all four wheels for
additional traction.
To get the best performance out of
four-wheel drive, you must be
familiar with its operation. Use
two-wheel drive high for most
normal driving conditions.
Note
. To engage reverse gear, press . Driving on clean, dry pavement
the shift lever and move towards in four-wheel drive for an
the right side and rearwards. extended period of time can
. Do not engage reverse gear cause premature wear on the
while the vehicle is moving. vehicle drivetrain.
. If the gear does not engage, . Do not engage four-wheel drive
move the shift lever to neutral, if wheels of different sizes are
release the clutch pedal, press fitted, as damage to the vehicle
the clutch pedal again then can result. The repair would not
repeat gear selection. be covered by warranty.
. Ensure the clutch pedal is . Incorrect usage of the four-wheel
pushed all the way to the floor. drive may damage the system.
Use four-wheel drive only on
tracks with low adherence, dirt
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

roads, grass, pastures, mud, An indicator light will flash while the
sand or whenever additional transfer is shifting. The light Warning (Continued)
traction is required. continues to flash until all shifting
criteria has been met and the new could be seriously injured. Be
The transfer shift control switch is sure to set the parking brake
located on the centre console, to the setting has been engaged. Once the
new setting is fully active, the before placing the transfer case in
side of the parking brake lever. N (Neutral). See Parking 0 190
indicator light for the new setting will
Indicator lights in the switch indicate remain on constantly.
the currently selected setting. The
indicator lights illuminate briefly If the transfer does not shift, the 4m (Four-Wheel High) : Engages
when the ignition is turned on. If the system will return to the last chosen the front axle to help drive the
lights do not illuminate, take the setting. vehicle. Use four-wheel high when
vehicle to your dealer. The following settings are available: you need additional traction, such
as on snowy or icy roads, or in most
2m (Two-Wheel High) : For normal off road situations.
driving in most street and highway
situations. The front axle is not 4n (Four-Wheel Low) : Also
engaged in two-wheel drive. engages the front axle to give you
extra traction. It sends the maximum
N (Neutral) : Shift the transfer to power to all four wheels.
N (Neutral) only when towing the
vehicle. You might choose four-wheel low if
you were driving off-road in sand,
mud, or deep snow and while
{ Warning climbing or descending steep hills.
Shifting the transfer case to Shifting into four‐wheel low will turn
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle the traction control and stability
control systems off, see Traction
Rotate the transfer shift control to roll even if the transmission is
Control System (TCS) 0 202.
switch to change the setting. in P (Park). You or someone else
(Continued)
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Note speed. It is normal to hear and feel If four-wheel low setting is selected
Continuous driving in 4m or 4n on the transfer shift out of four-wheel when the vehicle is in gear and/or
high adherence tracks (dry high 4 m. moving faster than 5 km/h, the
compacted dirt or paved roads), four-wheel low indicator light will
mainly on turns or sudden
Shifting from Two-Wheel High flash for 30 seconds but will not
manoeuvres, is not recommended, or Four-Wheel High to Four- complete the shift and the light will
as it will cause premature wear of Wheel Low (2m or 4m to 4n) go back to the original setting.
drivetrain components as well as Shifting from Four-Wheel Low
increased fuel consumption. It is To shift from Two-Wheel High 2 m or
to Two-Wheel High or
always recommended to disable 4m four-wheel high 4 m to four-wheel
Four-Wheel High (4n to 2m or 4m)
or 4n after its intended usage. low 4 n, the vehicle must be stopped
or moving less than 5 km/h with the To shift from four-wheel low 4 n to
Shifting from Two-Wheel High transmission in N (Neutral) for an two-wheel high 2 m or four-wheel
to Four-Wheel High (2m to 4m) automatic transmission or the clutch
pedal pressed for a manual high 4 m, the vehicle must be
Rotate the transfer shift control transmission. stopped or moving less than 5 km/h
switch from two-wheel high 2 m to with the transmission in N (Neutral)
The preferred method for shifting for an automatic transmission or the
the four-wheel high 4 m setting. This into four-wheel low 4 n is to have clutch pedal pressed for a manual
can be done at any speed below your vehicle moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h. transmission. The preferred method
120 km/h. Rotate the transfer shift control for shifting out of four-wheel low 4 n
Shifting from Four-Wheel High switch to the four-wheel low 4 n is to have your vehicle moving 1.6
to Two-Wheel High (4m to 2m) setting. You must wait for the to 3.2 km/h. Rotate the transfer shift
four-wheel low 4n indicator light to control switch to the two-wheel high
Rotate the transfer shift control
stop flashing and remain on before 2 m or four-wheel high 4 m position.
switch to the two-wheel high 2 m shifting the transmission into gear or You must wait for the two-wheel
position. This can be done at any releasing the clutch pedal. high or four-wheel high indicator
light to stop flashing and stay on
before shifting the transmission into
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

gear or releasing the clutch pedal. 5. Rotate the transfer shift control for vehicles with a manual
If two-wheel high or four-wheel high switch clockwise past transmission and release the
setting is selected when the vehicle four-wheel low 4 n to clutch to ensure that the
is in gear and/or moving faster than N (Neutral). Hold the switch in transfer is in N (Neutral). If the
5 km/h, the two-wheel high or the N (Neutral) setting for at transfer is not in N (Neutral),
four-wheel high indicator light will least 20 seconds or wait until repeat this procedure starting
flash for 30 seconds but will not the red Neutral indicator light at Step 3.
complete the shift and the light will stops flashing and stays on. 7. Turn the engine off by turning
go back to the original setting. The N (Neutral) red indicator the ignition key to ACC/
light will come on when the Accessory.
Shifting to Neutral (2m, 4m or 4n
transfer shift to N (Neutral) is
to Neutral) 8. Place the transmission shift
complete.
Use N (Neutral) when you plan to lever in P (Park), or first gear
Note for vehicles with a manual
tow the vehicle. See Towing the
Vehicle 0 263 for towing Upon releasing the transfer shift transmission.
instructions. The vehicle must be control switch from the Neutral (N) 9. Turn the ignition to Lock/Off.
stopped. To shift the transfer into setting, the switch will rotate to the
four-wheel low (4 n) setting. The This N (Neutral) setting is a
N (Neutral), do the following: four-wheel drive neutral, meaning
transfer will remain in neutral with
1. Set the parking brake. that the front and rear outputs of the
the red Neutral (N) indicator light
2. Start the vehicle. transfer are disengaged. With a
illuminated until a new setting is
disengaged transfer, there is no
3. Press the brake pedal and shift selected.
power flow through either axle, thus
the transmission in N (Neutral), 6. Press and hold the brake pedal allowing towing without the driveline
or press the clutch for vehicles and shift the transmission to R binding.
with a manual transmission. (Reverse) for 1 second, then
4. Shift the transfer to two-wheel shift the transmission to D
(Drive) for 1 second, or 1 (First)
high 2 m.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Shifting Out of Neutral Brakes Antilock Brake
After towing the vehicle, shift out of The brake system comprises two System (ABS)
N (Neutral) in order to drive. To shift independent brake circuits. ABS:
out of N (Neutral), do the following:
If one brake circuit fails, the vehicle . Continuously monitors the
1. Apply the parking brake. can still brake using the other brake vehicle's braking system,
2. Start the vehicle or keep the circuit. However, the braking effect preventing the wheels from
engine off and turn the key to is achieved only when the brake locking.
the ON position. pedal is pressed firmly.
. Allows maximum braking effort
3. Apply the brake pedal and shift Considerably more force is needed
while full steering control is
the transmission to N (Neutral) for this. The braking distance is
retained, even in the event of
or, for vehicles with a manual extended. Contact a Holden Dealer.
panic braking.
transmission press the clutch When the engine is not running,
pedal. such as when the vehicle is being
towed and the brake pedal has
{ Warning
4. Rotate the transfer shift control
switch from the four-wheel low been depressed once or twice, Do not let this special safety
braking requires greater force. feature tempt you into taking risks
4 n setting to the desired
setting. when driving. Traffic safety can
Caution only be achieved by adopting a
responsible driving style. You
Do not drive with your foot resting should always adjust the vehicle's
on the brake pedal. This will speed to suit road and traffic
accelerate wear of the brake conditions. Always maintain an
components and cause the adequate distance to the vehicle
brakes to become overheated. in front of you.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Operation 2. Press the release button and
Warning (Continued) lower the lever all the
ABS operation is noticeable by
pulsing of the brake pedal and the way down.
If the ! warning light (ABS off)
noise of the regulation process. To reduce the operating forces of
on the instrument panel display
The initial self-check may also be the parking brake, press the foot
does not extinguish, or illuminates brake at the same time.
audible. when driving, a malfunction has
occurred.
Keep the brake pedal fully pressed
throughout the braking process,
{ Warning
Note: The vehicle's brake system
without pumping it. Pumping the remains operational, but without Never drive the vehicle with the
brake pedal can reduce brake ABS assistance. Have a Holden parking brake applied.
efficiency.
Dealer check the system as soon
If the vehicle is travelling above as possible. See Brake and Clutch System 0 74.
50 km/h and ABS braking occurs,
the centrally mounted rear high-level
brake lamp will flash. See Brake and Clutch System 0 74. Brake Assist
If the brake pedal is pressed quickly
Parking Brake
{ Warning and forcefully, maximum brake force
is automatically applied (full
Applying the parking brake:
When the ignition is turned on, braking).
1. Apply the parking brake firmly
the ! warning light briefly without engaging the release Maintain steady pressure on the
illuminates. The self-check of the button and apply as firmly as brake pedal for as long as full
ABS may be audible. possible when on an uphill or braking is required. Maximum brake
(Continued) downhill gradient. force is automatically reduced when
the brake pedal is released.
Releasing the parking brake:
1. Pull the lever slightly upwards.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Hill Start Assist (HSA) Ride Control Systems Warning (Continued)
The HSA system assists in
preventing rollback when driving off, Traction Control vehicle's speed should always be
while on an incline. System (TCS) adjusted to suit road and traffic
conditions. Always maintain an
1. Release the brake pedal. TCS improves driving stability when adequate distance to the vehicle
2. Press the accelerator pedal. necessary, regardless of the type of in front of you.
road surface or tyre grip, by
The brakes remain on for
preventing the driving wheels from
approximately 2 seconds. Operation
spinning.
As soon as the driving wheels start The g switch is located in front of
to spin, engine output is reduced the shift lever.
and the wheels are braked
individually. This considerably
improves the driving stability of the
vehicle on slippery road surfaces.
TCS is operational on the rear
wheels when in 2WD and all four
wheels when in 4WD.
{ Warning
Do not let this special safety
feature tempt you into taking risks
when driving. Traffic safety can
only be achieved by adopting a In certain circumstances, it may be
responsible driving style. The helpful to deactivate the TCS.
(Continued)
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. Deactivate by pressing g for . Alters engine power and/or
approximately 2 seconds. braking on specific wheels,
improving the vehicle's steering
Traction Control Off is displayed control and power delivery, on
on the DIC. wet or slippery roads,
. TCS is reactivated by pressingg particularly on snow and ice.
again, for approximately
2 seconds. { Warning
Traction Control On is displayed Do not let this special safety
on the DIC. feature tempt you into taking risks
. When active d flashes. when driving. Adapt speed to the
road conditions. In certain circumstances, it may be
. TCS is also reactivated the next
time the ignition is turned on. helpful to deactivate ESC.
Operation
. See Ride Control System . Deactivate by pressing g for
Messages 0 84. The g switch is located in front of approximately 7 seconds.
the shift lever.
g illuminates and ESC Off is
Electronic Stability displayed on the DIC.
Control (ESC) . ESC is reactivated by pressing
ESC: g again for approximately
. Improves driving stability in any 2 seconds.
driving situation. Both TCS and ESC are
. Assists in maintaining vehicle reactivated and g extinguishes.
stability when the vehicle's grip
level is exceeded such as a
. When active d illuminates.
sudden lane change, slippery or . ESC is also reactivated the next
unexpected road conditions. time the ignition is turned on.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. See Ride Control System . Noise or vibration from the brake Activation
Messages 0 84. system may be noticeable when
the system is in operation.
Descent Control
System (DCS) Caution
. The DCS allows the vehicle to Use only when descending steep
travel on a steep decline at gradients while driving off-road.
speeds between approximately Do not use when driving on
7 km/h and 30 km/h (manual normal road surfaces.
transmission) or 4 km/h and Unnecessary usage of the DCS,
30 km/h (automatic such as while driving on normal
transmission) without pressing roads, may damage the brake
the brake pedal.
system and the ESC function.
. When the system is activated While travelling at speeds below
and while the vehicle is moving 50 km/h:
at speeds between
approximately 7 km/h and . Press 5.
30 km/h (manual transmission)
or 4 km/h and 30 km/h 5 illuminates green on the
(automatic transmission), it will instrument panel.
maintain the desired descent During operation, 5 flashes.
speed when the vehicle is on a
steep gradient. Note
. The desired descent speed . Pressing the accelerator or
within the active range can be brake pedals while DCS is
varied by using the accelerator activated, will adjust the desired
or brake pedals to set the speed. descent speed.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

If pressed, DCS operation will System Protection Cruise Control
stop until the accelerator or
When operated continuously for The vehicle may have cruise
brake pedals are released.
prolonged periods of time, control.
5 stops flashing. temperatures may increase within
the brake system:
. If the DCS is activated and the
vehicle speed exceeds 30 km/h, . DCS may enter a protection
5 extinguishes and the system mode, gradually releasing the
remains in standby mode. brakes, and temporarily
disabling DCS.
When the vehicle speed drops
below approximately 30 km/h, 5 . 5 will extinguish.
illuminates and DCS is . Traction Control Off may display
activated. on the DIC.
. When in standby mode and the . All other braking functions will
vehicle speed exceeds 50 km/h, continue to operate normally.
DCS deactivates.
. Once the brakes are at normal
. The message Reduce Speed for The cruise control:
temperatures, press 5 at
Hill Descent Control may display . Maintains the vehicle's speed
speeds below 50 km/h to
when DCS is activated and without pressure on the
reactivate the DCS.
vehicle speed exceeds 30 km/h. accelerator pedal.
Deactivation . Will only operate at speeds
While travelling at speeds below above approximately 20 km/h.
50 km/h: . Controls are located on the
steering wheel.
. Press 5
5 extinguishes.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. For safety reasons, cruise 2. Accelerate to the desired Decreasing Set Speed
control cannot be activated until speed (above 20 km/h).
1. Push the switch down to SET/-
the foot brake has been 3. Push the switch down to SET/-. and hold it or briefly push to
operated once.
SET/- repeatedly.
I illuminates green.
{ Warning 4. Take your foot off the
The vehicle will decelerate.
accelerator pedal. 2. Release the switch at the
Do not use the cruise control desired speed.
when road or driving conditions Increasing Set Speed
require varying speeds. Deactivation
. Push the switch up to RES/+
A consistent speed isn't practical and hold it or briefly push to . Press CANCEL.
in heavy, varying traffic or on RES/+ repeatedly.
winding, slippery or rough roads. I illuminates white.
The vehicle will accelerate.
The cruise control does not apply Alternatively, do one of the
the vehicle's brakes. Therefore . Alternatively accelerate to the following:
the vehicle may gain speed when desired speed and store by . Reduce vehicle speed below
pushing the switch down to
going down steep hills. approximately 20 km/h.
SET/-.
When climbing steep hills, the . Press the brake pedal.
Note
vehicle may lose speed. You may . Press the clutch pedal for more
Vehicle speed can be increased by
need to switch off cruise control than a few seconds (manual
depressing the accelerator pedal.
and use the accelerator pedal. transmission).
When the accelerator pedal is
released, the previously stored . The TCS or the ESC operates.
Setting Cruise Control speed is resumed.
1. Press ON OFF. Note
The cruise control will remain
I illuminates white. activated while shifting gears with
manual transmission.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Resume Stored Speed Object Detection Warning (Continued)
When the cruise control is on and Systems
speed is above 20 km/h: stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
. Push the lever up to RES/+. or when following a vehicle too
Forward Collision Alert closely, FCA may not provide a
The most recently set speed will (FCA) System warning with enough time to help
automatically resume. avoid a crash. It also may not
If equipped, the FCA system may
I illuminates green. help to avoid or reduce the harm provide any warning at all. FCA
caused by front-end crashes. does not warn of pedestrians,
Switching Off animals, signs, guardrails,
A visual alert illuminates when a
. Press ON OFF. vehicle ahead is detected, which bridges, construction barrels,
changes to amber if the distance to or other objects. Be ready to take
I extinguishes. the vehicle ahead becomes too action and apply the brakes.
The stored speed is deleted. close. When approaching the
Note vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA FCA can be disabled with the FCA
provides a red flashing alert and steering wheel control switch.
Switching the ignition off also
rapidly beeps.
deletes the stored speed. Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
FCA detects vehicles within a
distance of approximately 60 m and
operates at speeds above 40 km/h.
{ Warning
FCA is a warning system and
does not apply the brakes. When
approaching a slower-moving or
(Continued)
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

FCA warnings will not occur unless Reflected LED Alert
the FCA system detects a vehicle Warning (Continued)
ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
the vehicle ahead indicator will or snow, or if the headlamps or
display green. windscreen are not cleaned or in
proper condition. Keep the
Note windscreen, headlamps, and FCA
Vehicles may not be detected on sensors clean and in good repair.
curves, highway exit ramps, or hills,
due to poor visibility; or if a vehicle When your vehicle approaches
ahead is partially blocked by another detected vehicle too rapidly,
pedestrians or other objects. FCA { Warning the red FCA display will flash and
sound several high-pitched beeps
will not detect another vehicle
ahead until it is completely in the Poor illumination conditions will from the front. When this Collision
driving lane. prejudice the camera Alert occurs, the brake system may
identification of vehicles ahead. prepare for driver braking to occur
more rapidly which can cause a
{ Warning Motorcycles may not be detected brief, mild deceleration. Continue to
by the camera when its is dark apply the brake pedal as needed.
FCA does not provide a warning enough outside.
to help avoid a crash, unless it Cruise control may be disengaged
detects a vehicle. FCA may not when the Collision Alert occurs.
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA Collision Alert Press [ on the steering wheel to
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, Cluster Alert adjust the alert sensitivity. Each
or ice, or if the windscreen is press cycles the alert sensitivity
damaged. It may also not detect a through three settings: Far, Medium,
vehicle on winding or hilly roads, Near or Off.
or in conditions that can limit
visibility such as fog, rain,
(Continued)
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

When pressed, the current alert Selecting the Alert Timing conditions when selecting the alert
sensitivity setting displays briefly on timing. The range of selectable alert
the instrument cluster. The alert timing may not be appropriate for all
sensitivity setting is maintained until drivers and driving conditions.
it is changed.
Unnecessary Alerts
Note
FCA may provide unnecessary
Consider traffic and weather
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles
conditions when selecting the
in other lanes, objects that are not
following alert sensitivity. The range
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
of selectable alert sensitivity may
are normal operation and the
not be appropriate for all drivers and
vehicle does not need service.
driving conditions.
Tailgating Alert Cleaning the System
If the FCA system does not seem to
The Collision Alert control is on the
operate properly, cleaning the
steering wheel. Press [ to set the outside of the windscreen in front of
FCA timing to far, medium, near, the rear view mirror may correct the
or off. The first button press shows issue.
the current control setting on the
DIC. Additional button presses will
The amber Collision Alert display change this setting. The chosen
will stay continuously illuminated setting will remain until it is changed
when following a detected vehicle and will affect both the Collision
ahead much too closely. Alert and the Tailgating Alert
features. The timing of both alerts
will vary based on vehicle speed.
The faster the vehicle speed, the
further away the alert will occur.
Consider traffic and weather
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Parking Assist Keep the sensors clean of mud, dirt,
{ Warning snow, ice, and slush; and clean
sensors after a car wash in freezing
The parking assist makes parking temperatures. Beeps for FPA are
easier by measuring the distance higher pitched than for RPA.
between the vehicle and the
obstacles and giving acoustic
signals. It is the driver, however,
who bears full responsibility for
the parking manoeuver.
With Rear Parking Assist (RPA),

and if equipped with Front Parking
Assist (FPA), as the vehicle moves
at speeds of less than 11 km/h the
sensors in the bumpers may detect
objects up to 2.3 m behind and
1.0 m in front of the vehicle within a
zone 25 cm off the ground and The instrument cluster may have a
below bumper level. parking assist display with bars that
These detection distances may be show the distance to an object and
shorter during warmer or humid object location information for the
weather. Blocked sensors will not Parking Assist system. As the object
detect objects and can also cause gets closer, more bars illuminate.
false detections. For vehicles with rear vision
camera, when reversing the vehicle
the infotainment display will show
the symbol {. As the object gets
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

closer to the rear of the vehicle, the Note
symbol will get bigger and its colour Attached parts in the detection area Caution (Continued)
changes from amber to red. cause system malfunction.
such as another park assist
The system consists of four system, or external mechanic
ultrasonic parking sensors in the { Warning disturbances such as a car wash,
rear bumper and four ultrasonic rain, extreme wind conditions,
parking sensors in the front bumper Under certain circumstances,
hail, etc.
(if equipped). various reflective surfaces on
objects or clothing as well as Performance of the parking assist
{ Danger external noise sources may cause
the system to fail to detect
system could be reduced due to
the change of the sensor position
The driver's complete attention is obstacles. by external changes to the
required when driving. vehicle, e.g. lowering of the shock
absorber over lifetime due to:
The Parking Assist system does
temperature changes, changing
not detect children, pedestrians, Caution of tyres, loading of the vehicle,
bicyclists, animals, or objects
Sensitivity of the sensor could be lowering/tuning of the vehicle etc.
located below the bumper or that
are too close or too far from the reduced caused by external Particular conditions apply for
vehicle. It is not available at influences, e.g. layers on the high vehicles (e.g. off-road
speeds greater than 11 km/h. To sensor surface (ice, snow, mud, vehicles, mini vans, transporters).
prevent injury, death, or vehicle soiling, multiple varnishing/ Object identification in the upper
damage, even with parking assist, painting, etc.). part of the vehicle can not be
always check the area around the The sensor could detect a guaranteed.
vehicle and check all mirrors non-existing object (echo
before moving forward or backing. disturbance) caused by either Activation
external acoustical disturbances,
When reverse gear is engaged, the
(Continued) front and rear systems are activated
automatically.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

An obstacle is indicated by acoustic The system can be manually turned acoustic signal, it indicates
warnings. The interval between the off by pressing the X switch on a fault: Seek the assistance
warnings becomes shorter as the the instrument panel while the of a Holden dealer.
vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. Parking Assist is on. . If one acoustic signal is
When the distance is less than given followed by separate
30 cm, the acoustic warning sounds Pressing the X button while
acoustic signals like when
continuously. Parking Assist is off will allow the the vehicle gets closer to an
Note system to turn on when activation object: Seek the assistance
parameters are met. of a Holden dealer.
The acoustic warning ceases if the
vehicle remains stationary for Fault . If two acoustic signals are
3 seconds or more (except in given: Seek the assistance
continuous sound) To test a possible fault:
of a Holden dealer.
1. Park the vehicle on an area
Deactivation with no obstacles in a range of Turning the Features On or Off
The system is deactivated 2 metres of the rear bumper.
automatically when: 2. Apply the parking brake firmly.
. The vehicle is driven above 3. Turn the ignition key to ON.
11 km/h — front and rear parking
assist is deactivated. 4. Engage reverse.
. The reverse gear is disengaged 5. When the reverse gear is
— rear parking assist is engaged:
deactivated. . If there is no acoustic
. A fault in the system occurs. signal: Check the power
supply by verifying that the
Note reverse lamps are working.
The front parking assist will
. If just one acoustic signal is
reactivate automatically until the
vehicle speed exceeds 25 km/h. given followed shortly after
by an almost continuous
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

The X button on the instrument Camera Location
Warning (Continued)
panel is used to turn on or off the
front and rear parking assist. The The rear vision camera is not
indicator next to the button intended to replace the driver's
illuminates when the features are on judgement or attention to the rear
and turns off when the features
of the vehicle when reversing.
have been disabled.
Before entering the vehicle,
Turn off parking assist when towing
a trailer. always check that the area
around the vehicle is clear of
obstacles and people.
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC) Always perform head checks and
use the vehicle's mirrors when
The vehicle may have a RVC. reversing. The camera is located on the rear
If the vehicle sustains any tailgate.
{ Warning damage in the area of the rear The RVC cannot display objects:
The driver's complete attention is vision camera, the camera may
. Close to the corners of the
required when driving. become misaligned. Contact a
bumper.
Holden Dealer.
Never rely solely on the rear . Forward of the camera.
vision camera when reversing the Always keep the camera lens free
from dirt, snow or ice. Only use . Higher than the camera.
vehicle.
mild soap and water with a soft RVC Display
There is a blind spot that can not cloth to clean the lens.
be sensed by the rear vision The camera image is displayed on
camera. the infotainment system screen
(Continued) when reverse gear is selected.
The area directly behind the vehicle
is displayed in real time.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Note Note Lane Departure
. The distance of objects seen on When the shift lever is moved to
the screen differs from the actual another position, the RVC
Warning (LDW)
distance. deactivates.
. The area displayed on the Cleaning
screen may vary according to
vehicle orientation or road The camera lens requires regular
conditions. cleaning to ensure optimum
performance.
. Objects of different heights will
appear to be different distances Use only a soft cloth, mild soap and
from the vehicle. water.
. The display brightness
automatically adjusts to suit
{ Warning
ambient lighting conditions. Do not use abrasive cleaners or
. Guidelines to assist reversing scouring pads as they could
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
are also displayed. This can be scratch the lens, impairing the
crashes due to unintentional lane
changed, see Settings 0 138 or systems performance. departures. It may provide an alert if
Settings 0 172. the vehicle is crossing a lane
Operating the RVC without using a turn signal in that
direction. LDW uses a camera to
To activate: detect the lane markings at speeds
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON. of 60 km/h or greater.
2. Select reverse gear.
The camera and display
automatically activates.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

When LDW is on, @ is green if
{ Danger Danger (Continued)
LDW is available to warn of a lane
The LDW system does not steer attention on the road and departure. If the vehicle crosses a
the vehicle. The LDW system maintain proper vehicle position detected lane marking without using
may not: within the lane, or vehicle the turn signal in that direction, @
. Provide enough time to damage, injury, or death could changes to amber and flashes.
occur. Always keep the Additionally, there will be three
avoid a crash.
windscreen, headlamps, and beeps on the right or left, depending
. Detect lane markings under camera sensors clean and in on the lane departure direction.
poor weather or visibility good repair. Do not use LDW in
conditions. This can occur if When the System Does Not
bad weather conditions. Seem To Work Properly
the windscreen or
headlamps are blocked by The system may not detect lanes as
dirt, snow, or ice; if they are How the System Works well when there are:
not in proper condition; or if
The LDW camera is on the . Close vehicles ahead.
the sun shines directly into
windscreen ahead of the rear view
the camera. . Sudden lighting changes, such
mirror.
. Detect road edges. as when driving through tunnels.
To turn LDW on and off, press the
. Banked roads.
. Detect lanes on winding or @ button on the instrument panel.
hilly roads. The button indicator illuminates If the LDW system is not functioning
If LDW only detects lane when LDW is on. properly when lane markings are
markings on one side of the road, clearly visible, cleaning the
windscreen may help.
it will only warn you when
departing the lane on the side LDW alerts may occur due to tar
where it has detected a lane marks, shadows, cracks in the road,
marking. Always keep your temporary or construction lane
markings, or other road
(Continued)
imperfections. This is normal system
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

operation; the vehicle does not need Fuel
service. Turn LDW off if these Danger (Continued)
conditions continue.
{ Danger . Whenever the exhaust
system, underbody or rear
Intelligent Alert Suppression
EXHAUST WARNING – of the vehicle is damaged.
The system alerts may be
suppressed in the following CARBON MONOXIDE Take the vehicle to a Holden
conditions: POISONING Dealer if you think the vehicle
. Braking (obstacle avoidance). Exhaust gases can contain needs inspecting for any of the
carbon monoxide, a dangerous above reasons.
. Acceleration (passing another gas, which can cause
vehicle). Do not sit (or leave children or
unconsciousness and even death pets) in a parked vehicle for any
. Constant curves with great to both humans and animals. extended period of time with the
steering wheel interaction engine running. Turn the fan on
Gases could be inhaled if the
(driving downhill).
exhaust system on your vehicle is using any setting that brings
. Turn signal activated. faulty. outside air into the vehicle. Do not
run the engine in an enclosed
To protect against exhaust gases
area (such as the garage) any
entering the vehicle, the exhaust
longer than is needed to move
system and body should be
the vehicle.
inspected:
. Each time the vehicle is
serviced.
. Whenever a change is
noticed in the sound of the
exhaust system.
(Continued)
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

meets Euro Standard EN14214, and
{ Danger { Warning the resultant B5 blend meets Euro
Standard EN590.
Always switch off the engine and USE OF FUEL CONTAINING
any mobile phones when ETHANOL Do not use marine diesel oils or
refuelling. heating oils.
Under no circumstances should
Do not smoke or allow open you use diesel fuel containing The flow and filterability of diesel
flames or sparks near the vehicle ethanol. fuel are temperature-dependent.
when refuelling. When temperatures are low, use
Use of such fuels may result in diesel fuel with guaranteed winter
If fuel fumes are detected while engine malfunction, starting and properties.
driving, the cause should be operating difficulties and materials
identified and corrected without degradation. Caution
delay by a Holden Dealer. These adverse effects could
Static electricity can ignite fuel result in permanent damage to Use only biodiesel blends
vapour. Only use pumps, hoses your vehicle and personal injury. containing up to a maximum of
and containers that are properly 5 % FAME that meets Euro
grounded when filling up with fuel. standard EN590.
Fuel Types
To avoid injury to you and to Purchasing fuel from a reputable
Diesel engines must only be run fuel retailer may reduce the risk of
others, read and follow all using commercially available diesel
instructions at the petrol purchasing fuel with more than
fuel that meets the requirements of 5 % FAME or fuel that has
station pump. Euro standard EN590. abnormal fuel properties.
The use of biodiesel containing up The use of any other biodiesel
to 5 % fatty acid methyl ester that does not have the
(“FAME”) also known as “B5” is also
certification referred to above,
permitted provided that the FAME
or has a FAME content exceeding
(Continued)
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Wipe off any overflowing fuel Fuel Filler Door (Pickup)
Caution (Continued) immediately from the vehicle.
Replace the fuel cap and close the
5 %, may cause serious damage fuel opening then spray or splash
to your vehicle (including engine with water.
failure).
Tank Capacity
Damage attributable to the use of
non-certified biodiesel is not See Capacities and Specifications
covered by your New Vehicle 0 278.
Voluntary Warranty. In no event Locking Fuel Cap (Cab Chassis)
will GM Holden be responsible or
The fuel filler is located at the rear
bear any liability for any damage
of the vehicle on the left side.
or loss that may arise in
connection with the use of any 1. To unlock, insert the key and
fuel that does not meet this rotate anticlockwise. 1. Pull the release lever.
specification. 2. Slowly remove the cap.
3. After refuelling, replace
Filling the Tank the cap.
Always fill the fuel tank at the 4. To lock, insert the key and
intermediate or fast fill rate. Do not rotate clockwise.
add any more fuel after the fuel filler
first clicks off or fuel blows back.
This allows room for the fuel to
expand inside the tank.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

The fuel filler door is located at
the rear side of the vehicle, on
Trailer Towing
the left. The word trailer is used throughout this section and includes all types of
2. Slowly remove the cap. towed vehicles, such as caravans, boat trailers or any other special purpose
trailer.
3. Place the fuel filler cap in the
fuel filler door. Maximum Towing Capacities (kg)
4. After refuelling, replace 2.8L Diesel
the cap. Maximum ball load 350
5. Wipe off any overflowing fuel Maximum towing capacity:
immediately.
Braked trailer 3,500
6. Close the fuel filler door.
Unbraked trailer 750
Caution Gross Combined Mass (GCM) 6,000
Note
Before entering a car wash,
. Exceeding these values could affect the vehicle warranty.
ensure the fuel filler door is
closed to avoid damage. . The GCM is a maximum total for the vehicle, payload and braked trailer
combined.
. The maximum towing capacity requires the payload to be reduced to
ensure the GCM is not exceeded. See “Carrying Capacity” under Vehicle
Weight 0 276.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Towing Trailer Recommendations
Handling, durability and economy
{ Warning
may be affected by towing a trailer. Holden towing equipment is
For mandatory towing equipment, recommended where it is
see “Towing and Loading available. Where it is not
Equipment” later in this section. available, no recommendation is
made as to the make of
A Holden Dealer will assist with
supply and installation of towing equipment which should be used.
equipment. Holden will not accept liability for
defects occurring in towing
Overloading
equipment not marketed by
Never exceed the loads given for Holden or for defects in the
the towing equipment fitted to the vehicle arising from the use of
vehicle. such equipment or for loss or A trailer hitched to a vehicle places
All mandatory equipment must be injury caused by use of such a weight on the tow bar. This weight
fitted, otherwise vehicle warranty equipment. The use of such is called the tow bar ball weight or
may be affected to the extent that equipment may void your vehicle tow ball load (1).
Holden considers the overloading or warranty, to the extent Holden
missing equipment to have affected considers the non-recommended
the specifications or quality of the equipment affects the
vehicle. See “Towing and Loading specifications or quality of your
Equipment” later in this section. Holden vehicle.
It is inadvisable to mix and match
different brands of towing
equipment, as equipment is
usually designed as an integrated
package.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. Adjust by moving items forwards
or backwards within the trailer, to
change the balance.
. Check the tow ball load before
coupling the trailer to the towing
vehicle.
. Axle loads must not be
exceeded when the tow ball load
is included. See “Axle Loads”
under Vehicle Weight 0 276.
. If maximum axle loads are
. For single-axle trailers, the tow exceeded, weight should be
ball load should be 10 % of the removed from the rear of the
loaded trailer weight. For heavy vehicle.
trailers with more than one axle, . If the load balance cannot be
the tow ball load should be 5 % - corrected, use a load distribution
10 % of the loaded trailer weight. hitch (only for tow bars that
If the tow ball load is too light or support load distribution
too heavy, the steering and hitches).
handling of the vehicle may be
affected.
. Ensure the ball load does not
exceed 10 % of the maximum
loaded trailer weight. Refer to
Towing and Loading Equipment
later in this section.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Towing and Loading Equipment Towing Precautions
Recommended . When heavily loading the vehicle
Tow Load Mandatory Equipment or when towing, inflate tyres to
Equipment
the maximum recommended
Up to 750 kg Holden tow bar Load distribution hitch. pressure. See Tyre Pressure
Holden trailer wiring 0 249.
harness . Tighten the tow ball retaining nut
Between 750 kg and Holden tow bar Load distribution hitch. to 140 Nm (Newton metres) and
3,500 kg check the torque frequently.
Holden trailer wiring
. Vehicles handle differently when
harness
towing. Take a couple of short
Brakes on the trailer distance trips with the trailer
before taking a long trip.
. Have the vehicle and trailer
Load Distribution Hitch . A load distribution hitch transfers correctly maintained and
. The vehicle may have a load load to the vehicle's front wheels serviced, with particular attention
distribution hitch. aiding steering and brake given to the brakes, tyres,
performance. suspension, wheel bearings,
. The load distribution hitch must
. Do not exceed the maximum towing coupling and lighting.
be removed when not in use. Do
not leave the hitch assembly in towing capacities specified. See . Use an extended-arm mirror on
the receiver unless a trailer is “Maximum Towing Capacities” both sides of the vehicle if
attached. previously in this section. necessary.
. Do not exceed the total front or
rear axle loads specified. See
“Axle Loads” under Vehicle
Weight 0 276.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

. If the vehicle has headlamp Running-in when Towing Trailer Sway
range adjustment, headlamps
may need re-aiming after the
It is recommended that a new Control (TSC)
vehicle be driven for at least
loaded trailer has been hitched. 1,500 km before towing. If the system detects trailer sway
. Use a lower gear and the brakes movements, engine power is
If towing is necessary before this, reduced and the vehicle/trailer
when descending steep hills. do not exceed 80 km/h. This also combination is selectively braked
. Ensure that the tow bar does not applies if the vehicle is fitted with a until the trailer sway ceases. While
obscure the rear number plate. new or reconditioned engine, the system is working, keep steering
Remove the tow bar tongue transmission or rear axle. as still as possible.
when not required for towing.
Off-Road Loading and Towing TSC is a function of the Electronic
. The M10 anti-rattle bolt and nut Stability Control (ESC) system and
should be removed when towing To reduce the risk of damage to the
vehicle (and trailer) and to improve may be disabled by turning the
to prevent damage to the bolt or Traction Control System (TCS) or
tow bar tongue. safety when operating the vehicle
off-road, reduce its speed and ESC off. See Traction Control
Trailer Brakes minimise the load being carried or System (TCS) 0 202. See Electronic
towed. Stability Control (ESC) 0 203.
. Trailer brakes are mandatory on
trailers with a trailer mass of Vehicle Maintenance
more than 750 kg.
More frequent vehicle maintenance
. Consult the appropriate is required when using the vehicle
regulatory body in your State or to tow. Refer to the Service &
Territory for the legal Warranty Booklet in the vehicle's
requirements of trailer brakes. glove box.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18

Fitting Roo/Nudge Bars .
Conversions and Where there are other heavy
contaminants such as excessive
Add-Ons If a roo/nudge bar is to be fitted, it is
dust or insect swarms.
critical that the Holden approved
roo/nudge bar is used. Other types . To prevent snow or other
Add-On Electrical must not be fitted. contaminants from entering the
Equipment The Holden roo/nudge bar is snorkel and engine air intake.
available from a Holden Dealer and
Fitting Driving Lamps has been tested for compatibility
Do not fit any accessory over the with the vehicle's design, including
upper or lower air intakes at the the Holden airbag system.
front of the vehicle, as this may
affect engine cooling. { Warning
The Holden Genuine Accessories
are an exception, however they Fitting other types of roo/nudge
should be removed in high load and bars may affect crash
high temperature conditions. performance, airbag performance
and engine cooling.
Caution
Roo/nudge bars should not be fitted 1. Loosen the two screws.
In high load and high temperature to vehicles operating in urban areas,
applications (e.g. towing) no as they increase the risk of injury to 2. Remove the snorkel intake.
objects should be fitted over the a pedestrian in the event of a 3. Rotate the snorkel intake 180º
upper or lower air intake at the collision. and refit, securing with the two
front of the vehicle, as this could Snorkel Intake screws.
affect cooling. This includes
It is necessary to reverse the 4. Once conditions have stopped,
removing Holden Genuine snorkel intake: return the snorkel intake to its
Accessories in this area, in these
. When driving in snowy original position.
conditions.
conditions.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 225

Vehicle Care Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Jump Starting
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 239 Towing
General Information Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Tail lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 226
Number Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 241 Appearance Care
Vehicle Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Emission Information . . . . . . . . . 226 Electrical System Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Emission Control System . . . . . 226 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Vehicle Checks Engine Compartment Fuse
Doing Your Own Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Instrument Panel Fuse
Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Engine Compartment Vehicle Tools
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 231 Wheels and Tyres
Automatic Transmission Wheels and Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 232 Tyre Pressure Monitor
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Tyre Pressure Monitor
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Tread Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Tyre Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Diesel Fuel System Buying New Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Wheel Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 237 Tyre Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Tyre Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
226 Vehicle Care

General Information Disconnect the clamp from the
negative terminal of the vehicle
conditions, contribute to
photochemical smog. In addition,
Where specified, use only Holden battery. CO is toxic to inhale.
genuine parts and accessories.
Close the bonnet.
Emission Control System
Vehicle Storage Before returning the vehicle to
Major emission control systems the
the road:
If the vehicle is to be stored for vehicle may have are:
several months: . Connect the clamp to the
negative terminal of the vehicle . Evaporative emission control
. Wash and wax the vehicle. battery. system. This system is designed
. Clean and preserve rubber to prevent the escape of fuel
Check the power windows vapour from the fuel system and
seals. operation. recycle the vapours through the
. Change engine oil. . Check the tyre pressures. normal combustion process.
. Drain the washer fluid reservoir. . Fill the washer fluid reservoir. . Crankcase emission control
. Check coolant and corrosion . system. This system is designed
Check the engine oil level.
protection. to prevent blow-by gases from
. Check the coolant level. escaping into the atmosphere
. Adjust the tyre pressure to the and recycle them through the
value specified for a full load. Emission Information combustion process.
. Park the vehicle in a dry, well . Exhaust emission control
The emission control systems are
ventilated place. system. The various
designed to reduce the amount of
. Engage first or reverse gear to hydrocarbons (HC), carbon components of this system
prevent the vehicle from moving. monoxide (CO), and oxides of operate collectively to limit HC,
. nitrogen (NOx) that are emitted from CO and NOx emissions in the
Open the bonnet, close all doors
the engine and fuel system into the exhaust petrol. The exhaust
and lock the vehicle.
atmosphere. HC and NOx, when emission control system consists
exposed to sunlight under certain of components including
electronic control of spark, fuel
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 227

and idle speed. In addition Maintenance requirements Vehicle Checks
vehicles have a catalytic Have the vehicle serviced at the
converter and closed loop
mixture control system.
frequency shown in the Doing Your Own
Maintenance schedule in the
It is recommended that service and Service & Warranty Booklet.
Service Work
repair to fuel or emission systems It is recommended that servicing be
be carried out by an authorised carried out by an authorised Holden
Holden Dealer. Dealer who will maintain the
Owner responsibility vehicle's emission control system as
per the Service & Warranty Booklet.
The engine, engine control system
and exhaust system of the vehicle
must NOT be modified in any way.
{ Warning
Any person who removes,
modifies or hinders any part of
the emission control system may
be contravening Australian { Warning
Design Rules. It is also illegal to Do not touch engine compartment
drive a vehicle modified in components when the ignition
this way. is on.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
228 Vehicle Care

Bonnet
Opening
Note 3. Remove the support rod from

Do not step on the front Nudge Bar the holder and secure in the
(if equipped) to access the engine bonnet aperture.
compartment
1. Pull the release lever Closing
rearwards and upwards. 2. Push the safety catch towards
the driver’s side and open the
bonnet.
{ Warning
To avoid injury and/or damage to
the vehicle, check each time,
before the bonnet is closed, that
the contact area is unobstructed.
Before closing the bonnet, be sure

that all the filler caps are closed
securely.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 229

1. Place the support rod into the Engine Compartment Overview
holder.
2. Lower the bonnet to
approximately 30 cm and allow
it to drop into the catch.
3. Check that the bonnet is
engaged.
4. If it is not engaged, open the
bonnet and repeat
Steps 2 and 3.
Note
Do not push on the bonnet to close.
{ Warning
If while driving you notice that the
bonnet has not been properly
closed, pull the vehicle over to the
side of the road at the earliest Diesel Engine
possible moment and close the
bonnet correctly. 1. Engine Coolant 0 232 6. Engine Compartment Fuse
2. Brake Fluid 0 234 Block 0 244
3. Engine Oil 0 230 7. Battery 0 235
4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See 8. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 232

Engine Oil 0 230
5. Washer Fluid 0 233
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
230 Vehicle Care

Engine Oil 3. Insert the dipstick to the stop
on the handle.
Checking Oil Level 4. Remove and read the engine
. Check the engine oil level oil level.
regularly and before a long
The level should be at the MAX
journey. mark. Add oil if the level is at
. Maintain the correct level. the MIN mark.
. The engine must be at operating 5. Insert the dipstick to the stop
temperature and the ignition on the handle.
turned off for at least 10 minutes. Note
1. Park the vehicle on a level The engine oil level must not
surface. exceed the MAX mark on the The engine oil filler cap is located
dipstick. on the top of the engine.
For correct engine oil specification, 1. Rotate the engine oil filler cap
see Recommended Fluids and anticlockwise and remove.
Lubricants 0 272. 2. Add enough oil to reach below
the MAX mark on the dipstick.
Adding Engine Oil
3. Check the level on the dipstick
See Capacities and Specifications
and add further oil if necessary.
0 278.
The engine oil must not exceed
the MAX mark on the dipstick.
Caution
2. Remove the dipstick and wipe Overfilled engine oil must be
clean. drained or suctioned out.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 231

4. Replace the engine oil filler cap the oil life system to work properly, Your dealer has trained service
tightly. the system must be reset every time personnel who can perform this
the oil is changed. work and reset the system.
{ Danger On some vehicles, when the system It is also important to check the oil
has calculated that oil life has been level regularly and maintain it at the
Engine oil is an irritant and if diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE correct level.
ingested, can cause illness or OIL SOON message is displayed to
death. If the oil life system is ever reset
indicate that an oil change is accidentally, the engine oil and filter
Keep out of reach of children. required. See Engine Oil Messages must be changed in accordance
0 83. Change the oil as soon as with the maintenance schedule
Avoid repeated or prolonged possible within the next 1 000 km.
contact with skin. outlined in the Service & Warranty
It is possible that, if driving under Booklet. Remember to reset the oil
Wash exposed areas with soap the best conditions, the oil life life system whenever the oil is
and water or hand cleaner. system might indicate that an oil changed.
Be careful when draining the change is not necessary for up to a
year. The engine oil and filter must How to Reset the Engine Oil
engine oil as it may be hot. Life System
be changed at least once a year or
in accordance with the maintenance Reset the system whenever the
Engine Oil Life System schedule in the Service & Warranty engine oil is changed so the system
booklet. At this time, the oil life can calculate the next engine oil
The vehicle has a computer system system must be reset.
that calculates when to change the change. It will not reset itself.
engine oil and filter. This is based For vehicles without the CHANGE To reset the engine oil life system:
on a combination of factors which ENGINE OIL SOON message, an
oil change is required when the OIL 1. Display the OIL LIFE
include engine revolutions, engine REMAINING screen on the
temperature, and distance driven. LIFE REMAINING percentage is
near 0%. Driver Information Centre
Based on driving conditions, the (DIC). See Driver Information
distance at which an oil change is Centre (DIC) 0 78.
indicated can vary considerably. For
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
232 Vehicle Care

2. Press and hold SET/CLR for Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Checking Coolant Level
several seconds. The oil life
will change to 100%. { Warning
If the vehicle has a CHANGE
ENGINE OIL SOON message and it Do not remove the radiator cap if
comes back on when the vehicle is the engine and radiator are still
next started and/or the OIL LIFE hot. Scalding fluid and steam can
REMAINING is near 0%, the engine be blown out under pressure
oil life system has not been reset. which could cause serious burns.
Repeat the procedure.
Automatic Transmission
Fluid
How to Check Automatic To replace the engine air filter,
Transmission Fluid release the clamp and remove the
It is not necessary to check the air cleaner outlet duct. Disconnect
transmission fluid level. the air sensor, unscrew the 3
A transmission fluid leak is the only screws and remove the filter
reason for fluid loss. If a leak housing.
occurs, take the vehicle to your
dealer and have it repaired as soon Engine Coolant
as possible.
Engine Coolant Level If the cooling system is cold, the
There is a special procedure for
Check the coolant level at least coolant level should be above the
checking and changing the
once a week. line on the coolant reservoir.
transmission fluid. Because this
procedure is difficult, this should be
done at the dealer.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 233

Adding Coolant
{ Warning { Warning
Caution Avoid repeated or prolonged Do not remove the radiator cap if
contact with coolant. the engine and radiator are still
If the coolant level is too low,
Wash off with soap and water. hot. Scalding fluid and steam can
engine damage may occur.
be blown out under pressure
Do not spill coolant on the Keep out of reach of children. which could cause serious burns.
vehicle's exterior surfaces as it
can damage the paintwork. If you If the coolant level is low, there may
do, wash it off immediately. be a leak in the cooling system:
Washer Fluid
1. Look for leaks at the radiator
Note hoses and connections, heater
Use only approved coolant. See hoses and connections,
Recommended Fluids and radiator and water pump.
Lubricants 0 272. Take care when checking these
1. Turn the ignition off. areas as they may still be hot.
2. Remove the coolant 2. If a major leak or other
reservoir cap. problems are found, do not run
3. Add the required amount of the engine until all problems
coolant. have been repaired. Contact a
Holden Dealer.
4. Replace the cap securely.
3. If no problems are found, refill Check the fluid level weekly.
If the coolant requires regular the coolant reservoir. See
topping up, contact a Holden Adding Coolant previously in Adding Washer Fluid
Dealer. this section.
1. Lift the front of the cap up.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
234 Vehicle Care

Use the correct amount of Note 2. Wipe the sides of the cap
washer fluid additive. Refer to For vehicles with a manual clean.
a Holden Dealer. transmission, the brake fluid 3. Rotate the brake fluid reservoir
Do not use ordinary soap or reservoir is also used for the cap anticlockwise and remove.
detergent as they froth up and hydraulic clutch system.
4. Top up with the recommended
damage the wiper blades. Checking Brake Fluid Level brake fluid. See Recommended
2. Secure the cap. Fluids and Lubricants 0 272.
Brake Fluid { Warning

{ Warning Using brake fluid other than GM
recommended brake fluid may
Brake fluid is poisonous and cause corrosion to components of
corrosive and will damage the the braking system and reduced
paint finish of the vehicle if spilt. braking performance.
Use only new brake fluid. Use of
old, used or inferior brake fluid
Caution may endanger the functioning of
the brake system.
Avoid contact with eyes and skin. The fluid level should be between
the MIN and MAX marks.
Wash any affected area 5. Secure the cap by rotating
immediately. If the fluid level is correct, do not clockwise and clean up any
remove the reservoir cap, as brake spilt fluid.
fluid exposed to the atmosphere will
quickly absorb moisture. If the brake fluid requires regular
topping up, contact a Holden Dealer
Adding Brake Fluid immediately.
1. Turn the ignition off.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 235

Ensure that the battery is replaced
Caution Warning (Continued) with the same type and capacity as
originally fitted. For replacement,
Do not dispose of used brake Battery acid also damages paint refer to a Holden Dealer or
fluid with household waste. and fabrics. To minimise damage, authorised repairer.
Use the local, authorised waste wash off immediately.
management facility. Take care with all metal objects
and tools including items you may
wear (for example jewellery, rings
Battery and metal watch bands) near
battery terminals.
{ Warning
Batteries must be disposed of at an
Batteries emit an explosive gas The vehicle battery is maintenance
appropriate recycling collection
mixture which may be ignited. free, provided the driving profile
point.
Therefore, you should keep allows sufficient charging of the
sparks and flames away from the battery. Short distance driving and
frequent engine starts can discharge Caution
battery at all times. Never smoke
the battery. Avoid the use of
near a battery. Do not dispose of batteries with
unnecessary electrical consumers.
Batteries contain sulphuric acid. household waste.
Storing the vehicle for more than
If acid contacts skin or clothing, four weeks can lead to battery Use the local, authorised waste
flush immediately with plenty of discharge. Disconnect the battery management facility.
water. In case of eye contact, according to the procedure
flush with plenty of water and described in Battery Disconnection,
contact a doctor immediately.
Battery Disconnection
thus avoiding its discharge.
(Continued) The battery may discharge if the
Battery Replacement vehicle is not used for
For battery location, see Engine approximately four weeks.
Compartment Overview 0 229.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
236 Vehicle Care

To disconnect the battery: Warning Label . See the Owner's Manual for
1. Turn the ignition off. further information.
. Explosive petrol may be present
2. Disconnect the clamp from the
negative terminal of the vehicle in the vicinity of the vehicle
battery. battery.
Ensure the ignition is turned off Fuel Filter

before reconnecting the vehicle
battery. When the water level in fuel filter is
excessive, Water in Fuel – Contact
Note Service illuminates on the
If the battery becomes discharged instrument panel.
or is disconnected, the power
windows may need to be initialised.
Caution
See Power Windows 0 29.
Meaning of symbols: The engine and fuel system may
For emergency starting when the
battery is flat, see Jump Starting . No sparks, naked flames or be seriously damaged if the
0 260. smoking. vehicle is driven while Water in
. Always shield eyes. Explosive Fuel – Contact Service is
gases can cause blindness or illuminated.
injury. Contact a Holden Dealer
. Keep the vehicle battery out of immediately to have the fuel filter
reach of children. drained.
. The vehicle battery contains
sulphuric acid which could cause Note
blindness or serious burn The fuel filter will be drained when
injuries. the vehicle is serviced. Refer to the
Service/Warranty Booklet.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 237

Diesel Fuel System Wiper Blade Replacement Bulb Replacement
Bleeding Regularly check the condition of the Contact a trained service technician
The system requires bleeding if the wiper blades. if unsure about the bulb
vehicle has run out of fuel. . Replace hard, brittle or cracked replacement process.
Note blades or those that smear dirt When replacing bulbs:
on the windscreen.
A minimum of 5 litres of diesel fuel . Turn the ignition off and remove
must be in the tank for the bleeding . If the blades are not wiping the key.
operation to work correctly. properly, clean both the blades
. Turn off related switches.
and the windscreen. See
1. Turn the ignition on for
Exterior Care 0 265. . Fit bulbs of the specified
15 seconds, and then off.
wattage only.
2. Repeat Step 1 three times.
. Do not touch bulbs or reflectors
3. Start the engine for a maximum with bare hands.
of 40 seconds.
. Clean stained bulbs with
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 after methylated spirits.
5 seconds.
Bulbs to be Changed by a Holden
If the engine does not start, Dealer
contact a Holden Dealer.
. Daytime running lamps (DRL).
. Fog lamps.
. Turn signal lamps in the exterior
mirrors.
. Centre high mount brake lamp.
. LED rear lamps.
. Courtesy lamp.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
238 Vehicle Care

. Reading lamps. Headlamps
. Instrument panel lamps.
High Beam
Caution
Condensation may temporarily
appear on the inside of exterior
lamp lenses after rain or washing
the vehicle. Condensation occurs
when there is a temperature
difference between the inside and
outside of the lamp allowing a fine
mist on the inside surface of the 2. Unplug the connector
lamp lens. This condensation will from bulb.
disappear when the vehicle is in a 3. Press the spring clip outward
dry environment or the lamp is on. and disengage it.
1. Remove the protective cover.
If water does collect in the lamp 4. Remove the bulb from the
contact a Holden Dealer. reflector housing.
5. When fitting a new bulb,
engage the lugs in the
recesses on the reflector.
6. Engage the spring clip.
7. Plug the connector onto bulb.
8. Place the protective cover in
the right position and close it.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 239

Low Beam 2. Unplug the connector Front Turn Signal Lamps
from bulb.
3. Press the spring clip and
disengage the bulb.
4. Remove the bulb from the
reflector housing.
5. When fitting a new bulb,
engage the lugs in the
recesses on the reflector and
press the bulb into position.
6. Plug the connector onto bulb.
7. Place the protective cover in
the right position and close it.
1. Remove the protective cover. 1. Rotate bulb holder
Headlamp Aim anticlockwise and disengage.
Caution
If the headlamps need to be
re-aimed, it is recommended that
the vehicle is taken to a Holden
dealer.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
240 Vehicle Care

Tail lamps 2. Remove the tail lamp assembly
by pulling it straight out from
the body. Take care that the
cable duct remains in position.
2. Push the bulb into the socket

slightly, rotate anticlockwise
and remove the bulb. 1. Unscrew both fasteners.
3. Insert a new bulb into the bulb
holder and refit the holder into
the reflector and rotate 3. Tail lamp/brake lamp (1)
clockwise to engage. Turn signal lamp (2)
Reverse lamp (3)
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 241

4. Rotate the relevant bulb holder Number Plate Lamp
anticlockwise.
For LED version only lamps

2 and 3 can be replaced; the
brake lamp should be replaced 1. The number plate lamp is
by a Holden dealer. 5. Remove the bulb holder. Push located on the rear bumper.
the bulb into the socket slightly,
rotate anticlockwise and
remove the bulb.
6. Insert a new bulb into the bulb
holder and refit the holder into
the tail lamp assembly and
fasten into place. Install tail
lamp assembly in body and
tighten the fasteners. Close the
covers and engage.
7. Switch on the ignition, operate
and check all lamps.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
242 Vehicle Care

Electrical System { Warning
Fuses When replacing a fuse be sure to
use a fuse of the
Fuse boxes are located:
specified amperage.
. In the engine compartment
Never install a wire or similar as it
. In a storage compartment on the could damage electrical
driver’s side components and cause a fire.
There is a primary fuse holder Any improper alterations to the
connected to the positive electrical system may cause a fire
battery post. hazard and engine damage. To
2. From the rear side of the maintain your own safety and that
bumper, rotate the bulb holder { Warning of the vehicle, have any work
anticlockwise to disengage. involving the electrical system or
Turn off the ignition (LOCK
3. Remove bulb from the holder the replacement of high current
and replace the bulb. position) and any electrical
fuses or relays carried out by a
equipment before changing
4. Insert the bulb holder in bulb Holden Dealer.
a fuse.
housing and rotate clockwise.
. Replace blown fuses promptly.
. A blown fuse can be recognised
by its melted wire.
. Do not replace the fuse until the
cause of the fault has been
remedied.
. Some functions are protected by
several fuses.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 243
Place the fuse extractor on the top

or side of the fuse to extract
the fuse.
Fuse Extractor
A fuse extractor can be located in
the fuse box in the engine
compartment.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
244 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Mini
Fuse Block Fuses Usage
10A – Compressor
1
A/C Clutch
2 Not Used
15A - Electric Power
3 Steering (EPS) (if
available)
4 Not Used
5 15A – Horn
15A – Front Fog Lamp
6
(if available)
The fuse box is in the front left of 7 10A – High Beam LH

the engine compartment. 8 10A – High Beam RH
Disengage the cover, lift it upward 7.5A - Engine Control
and remove it. 9
Module - (Diesel)
Not all fuse box descriptions in this 15A – Powertrain
manual may apply to your vehicle. 10
Relay (3) – (Diesel)
When inspecting the fuse box, refer
to the fuse box label. 20A – Engine Control
11
Module (1) (Diesel)
10A – Powertrain
12
Relay (1)
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 245

Mini Mini Mini
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
10A – Powertrain 15A - Outside Rear 10A – Communication
13
Relay (2) 22 View Mirror Demister 33 Wire Between
(if available) Modules
15A – Powertrain
14
Relay (4) 23 Not Used
JCase
15A – Run Crank 20A - Rear Fuses Usage
15 24
Relay Signal Wiper (SUV)
50A – ABS or ESC
15A – Automatic 10A - Front / Rear SB01 Module Pump (if
25
16 Transmission Control (SUV) Washer Pump available)
Module (if available)
10A - Park Assist (if 30A – Transfer Case
26
10A – Transfer Case available) SB02 Control Module (4X4)
Module, Head Lamp (if available)
5A – Body Control
17 Leveling, Trailer 27
Module 60A – Preheating
Interface Module (if
available) 15A – Auxiliary Lamps SB03 Glow Plug Module
28 (Diesel)
Provision (If equipped)
10A – Power Supply
18 Cluster - A/C - Airbag 30A – ABS or ESC SB04 -
29
Module Module (if available) 30A – Starter Motor
SB05
20A – Fuel Pump 30 10A – Horn Solenoid
19
(Diesel) SB06 30A – Front Wiper
15A – Body Control
31
20 Not Used Module 30A – Fuel Heater
SB07
30A – Rear Demister 15A – Engine Control (Diesel)
21
(if available) 32 Module (Battery) SB08 Not Used (Diesel)
(Diesel)
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
246 Vehicle Care

JCase Relays Usage Reinstall the cap in reverse order.
Fuses Usage Not all fuse box descriptions in this
RLY14 Not Used (Diesel)
manual may apply to your vehicle.
SB09 30A – Spare
RLY15 Not Used When inspecting the fuse box, refer
RLY18 Run Crank to the fuse box label.
Maxi Usage
30A – Trailer Hitch RLY19 Fuel Pump (Diesel)
F34*
Module (if available)
Instrument Panel Fuse
*: Located near battery positive
terminal Block
The fuse box is behind the
Relays Usage instrument panel cap.
RLY01 Starter
RLY03 High Beam
RLY05 Not Used
RLY08 Front Wiper Control
RLY09 Front Wiper Speed Mini
Fuses Usage
Rear Demister and
Outside Rear View 20A – Body Control
RLY10 1
Mirror Demister (if Module (6)
available)
20A – Cigarette
3
RLY11 Powertrain Lighter (if available)
RLY12 A/C Clutch Remove the instrument panel cap in
the direction of the arrow.
RLY13 Fuel Heater (Diesel)
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 247

Mini Mini Mini
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
20A – Front and Rear 30A – Rear Door 10A – Central
6 Power Outlets (if 19 Power Window Switch Gateway Module
33
available) (if available) (CGM) - Cyber
Security
30A – Body Control 15A – Body Control
7 20
Module (8) Module (4) 30A – Front A/C
34
Blower
20A – Radio (if 21 10A – Spare
10
available) 10A – Front Collision
30A – Power Seat (if
22 37 Alert (FCA) / Rain
11 2A – Ignition Switch available)
Sensor (if available)
15A - Side Blind Zone 10A – Sensing and
12 10A – Rear View
(SBZ) (If available) 25 Diagnose 39
Mirrors (if available)
Module (SDM)
15A – Body Control
13
Module (3) 15A – Body Control JCase
26
Module (2) Fuses Usage
10A – Front A/C
14
Control Module 27 2A – Clock Spring 40A – BUS-C (fuses:
15A – Seat Heated (If 7.5A – Data Link 53 F12, F33, F37,
15 28 F39, F40)
available) Connector (DLC)
15A – Body Control 10A – Instrument 40A –
16 54
Module (1) Panel Cluster (IPC), Accessory (12V)
31
Displays - Radio
30A – Front Door
17 (Centre Stack), USB
Power Window Switch
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
248 Vehicle Care

Relays Usage Vehicle Tools 2. Remove the jack by rotating
the lever on the side
RLY45 C-Enable anticlockwise.
Tools
RAP and When replacing the jack, rotate
RLY46 The jack and tools are located in a
Accessory (12V) clockwise to secure into the
storage compartment behind the bracket.
RLY48 Run relay driver's seat or under a back seat.
See Tyre Changing 0 256. 3. Remove the tools.
1. Unhook the strap.

2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 249

.
Wheels and Tyres Check the air pressure of tyres
(including the spare) weekly to
Always inflate the spare tyre to the
pressure specified for
Tyre and Rim Condition ensure occupant safety, as well maximum load.
as reducing fuel consumption
. To avoid tyre and rim damage and increasing the life of the
and possible tyre blow-out, do tyres.
not drive over sharp edges.
. Replace any valve dust caps or
. Drive over edges slowly and at extensions.
right angles, if possible.
. When parking, ensure the tyres Tyre Placard
are not pressed against the
edge of the kerb.
. Check the tyres regularly for
damage, stones, punctures,
cuts, cracks, bulges, etc. Check
the rims for damage. Contact a
Holden Dealer, if in doubt.
Tyre Pressure
Keep the tyres at the recommended
pressures to avoid increased fuel
consumption, uneven and
premature tyre wear. The correct pressures for tyres are
. Tyre pressure should be shown on the tyre placard in the
checked when cold as tyre driver’s door frame and in the tyre
pressure will increase as the pressure table. See Tyre Pressure
tyres warm up. 0 279.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
250 Vehicle Care

A. Tyre specifications The Tyre Pressure Monitor System Each tyre, including the spare (if
B. Tyre positions (TPMS) uses radio and sensor provided), should be checked
technology to check tyre pressure monthly when cold. If required, the
C. Normal load (up to three levels. The TPMS sensors monitor tyres should be inflated to the
people) the air pressure in your tyres and pressure specified on the tyre
D. Full load (five people plus load) transmit tyre pressure readings to a placard. (If your vehicle has tyres of
receiver located in the vehicle. a different size than the size
E. Spare tyre information indicated on the tyre placard, you
Note
should determine the correct tyre
Tyre Pressure Monitor The spare wheel may not be fitted inflation pressure for those tyres.)
with a TPMS sensor.
System As an added safety feature, the
The tyre pressure monitor system TPMS illuminates a low tyre
This vehicle may have a Tyre checks the pressure of all four road
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). pressure light when one or more of
wheels once a minute when vehicle your tyres is significantly
speed exceeds a certain limit. under-inflated.
Caution
Caution Note
Modifications made to the Tyre Accordingly, when the low tyre
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) The TPMS is not a substitute for pressure light illuminates, you
by anyone other than an proper tyre maintenance, and it is should stop and check your tyres as
authorised service facility may the driver's responsibility to soon as possible and inflate them to
void authorisation to use the maintain correct tyre pressure, the correct pressure. Driving on a
system. even if under-inflation has not significantly under-inflated tyre
reached the level to trigger causes the tyre to overheat and can
illumination of the TPMS low tyre lead to tyre failure. Under-inflation
Maintaining manufacturer's
also reduces fuel efficiency and tyre
recommended tyre pressure is part pressure light.
tread life, and may affect the
of best practices to optimise the fuel
vehicle's handling and stopping
consumption of the vehicle.
ability.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 251

wheels on the vehicle that prevent The ECO tyre pressure serves to
Caution the TPMS from functioning properly. achieve the smallest amount of fuel
Always check the TPMS malfunction consumption possible.
Tyre sealants could damage the light after replacing one or more
TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor Incorrect tyre pressures will impair
tyres or wheels on your vehicle to safety, vehicle handling, comfort and
damage caused by using tyre ensure that the replacement or
sealants is not covered by the fuel economy and will increase
alternate tyres and wheels allow the tyre wear.
vehicle warranty. TPMS to continue to function
properly. The tyre pressure tables show all
possible tyre combinations. See
The TPMS also includes a See Tyre Pressure Monitor Tyre Pressure 0 279.
malfunction indicator to indicate if Operation 0 252.
the system is not operating If the tyre pressure is to be reduced
correctly. The TPMS malfunction Tyre Learn or increased on a vehicle with a tyre
indicator is combined with the low The sensors are calibrated to the pressure monitor system, switch off
tyre pressure light. When the tyre/wheel positions, using a TPMS the ignition. After adjusting the tyre
system detects a malfunction, the relearn tool. See your dealer for pressure, switch the ignition on and
light will flash for approximately service. select the desired setting as
one minute and then remain described previously in this section.
continuously illuminated. This Vehicle Loading
After inflating, driving may be
sequence will continue upon Select SET/CLR to define one of required to update the tyre pressure
subsequent vehicle start-ups as following options: values in the DIC. During this time
long as the malfunction exists. 7 may illuminate.
Light : for comfort pressure up to
When the malfunction indicator is 3 people.
illuminated, the system may not be
ECO : for ECO pressure up to
able to detect or signal low tyre
3 people.
pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety Max : for full loading.
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tyres or
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
252 Vehicle Care

tyres to the recommended pressure The TPMS can warn about a low
Caution shown on the tyre placard. See tyre pressure condition but it does
Wheels and Tyres 0 249. not replace normal tyre
The TPMS is not a substitute for maintenance.
proper tyre maintenance, and it is A message to check the pressure in
a specific tyre displays in the Driver See Wheels and Tyres 0 249 and
the driver's responsibility to Tyre Rotation 0 254.
maintain correct tyre pressure, Information Centre (DIC). The low
even if under-inflation has not tyre pressure warning light and the
DIC warning message come on at Caution
reached the level to trigger
each ignition cycle until the tyres
illumination of the TPMS low tyre Tyre sealant materials are not all
are inflated to the correct inflation
pressure light. the same. A non-approved tyre
pressure. Using the DIC, tyre
pressure levels can be viewed. For sealant could damage the TPMS
Tyre Pressure Monitor additional information and details sensors. TPMS sensor damage
about the DIC operation and caused by using an incorrect tyre
Operation displays see Driver Information sealant is not covered by the
Centre (DIC) 0 78. vehicle warranty. Always use only
The low tyre pressure warning light the GM approved tyre sealant
may come on in cool weather when available through your dealer or
the vehicle is first started, and then included in the vehicle.
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
could be an early indicator that the TPMS Malfunction Light and
air pressure is getting low and must Message
When a low tyre pressure condition be inflated to the proper pressure.
is detected, the TPMS illuminates The TPMS will not function properly
the low tyre pressure warning light The tyre placard shows the size of if one or more of the TPMS sensors
located on the instrument cluster. the original equipment tyres and the are missing or inoperable. When the
If the warning light comes on, stop correct inflation pressure for the system detects a malfunction, the
as soon as possible and inflate the tyres when they are cold. See low tyre warning light flashes for
Wheels and Tyres 0 249. Also see about one minute and then stays on
Tyre Pressure 0 279.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 253

for the remainder of the ignition . One or more TPMS sensors are TPMS Sensor Calibration
cycle. A DIC warning message also missing or damaged. The DIC Process
displays. The malfunction light and message and the malfunction
DIC warning message come on at light should go off when the Each TPMS sensor has a unique
each ignition cycle until the problem TPMS sensors are installed and identification code. The identification
is corrected. Some of the conditions the sensor calibration process is code needs to be matched to a new
that can cause these to come performed successfully. See tyre/wheel position after rotating the
on are: your dealer for service. tyres or replacing one or more of the
TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor
. One of the road tyres has been . Replacement tyres or wheels do calibration process should also be
replaced with the spare tyre. The not match the original equipment performed after replacing a spare
spare tyre does not have a tyres or wheels. Tyres and tyre with a road tyre containing the
TPMS sensor. The malfunction wheels other than those TPMS sensor. The malfunction light
light and DIC message should recommended could prevent the and the DIC message should go off
go off after the road tyre is TPMS from functioning properly. at the next ignition cycle. The
replaced and the sensor See Tread Depth 0 253. sensors are matched to the tyre/
calibration process is performed . Operating electronic devices or wheel positions, using a TPMS
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor being near facilities using radio relearn tool, in the following order:
Calibration Process" later in this wave frequencies similar to the driver side front tyre, passenger
section. TPMS could cause the TPMS side front tyre, passenger side rear
. The TPMS sensor calibration sensors to malfunction. tyre, and driver side rear. See your
process was not done or not dealer for service.
If the TPMS is not functioning
completed successfully after properly, it cannot detect or signal a
rotating the tyres. The low tyre condition. See your dealer
Tread Depth
malfunction light and the DIC for service if the TPMS malfunction Check tread depth at regular
message should go off after light and DIC message come on intervals.
successfully completing the and stay on.
sensor calibration process. See
"TPMS Sensor Calibration
Process" later in this section.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
254 Vehicle Care

as road surface, driving style,
Warning (Continued) suspension alignment, wheel
balancing, tyre pressure, etc.
have been repaired or retreaded
are not capable of being driven The owner must evaluate the
safely at high speeds. Therefore, vehicle wear. This includes regular
their use is not recommended. tyre rotation, which should be
performed at each inspection. Tyre
rotation is vital to achieving even
Tyre Rotation tread wear and long tyre life.
Tyre rotation must be performed as
indicated in the illustration.
. Replace the tyres when they are Tyre condition is checked at periodic
worn to the point where the inspections by your Dealer, who can
tread wear indicators (TWI) diagnose signs of uneven wear that
appear. may compromise your car’s safety
. and performance.
Tyres age, even if they are not
used. Replacement of tyres Never include the temporary spare
every six years is recommended. tyre in the tyre rotation due to size
differences.
{ Warning
Caution
Do not attempt to drive on a flat It is recommended that you rotate
tyre more than is necessary to . Ageing causes tyre rubber
tyres at every scheduled
stop safely. Driving even a short maintenance service to deteriorate. This also
distance can damage the tyre and happens to the spare tyre
wheel beyond repair. Tyres which Different forces on the front and rear even if it has not been used.
tyres make them wear differently, (Continued)
(Continued) depending on several factors, such
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 255

Tyre Chains
Caution (Continued) { Warning
Holden only recommends use of
. Tyre ageing depends on Do not use different sizes or tyre chains on 16” rear wheels.
many conditions of use types of tyres and wheels than
including temperature, load Due to limited tyre clearances, tyre
those originally fitted to the
conditions, and tyre inflation chains may cause damage to your
vehicle. Safety and performance vehicle. Fitting of tyre chains is at
pressure. of the vehicle may be affected. the risk of the owner.
. A spare tyre which has not It may also affect road handling
been used within a 6-year and lead to serious injury. If you choose to fit tyre chains, you
period should be used in should:
When replacing tyres, install all
emergencies only. If you . observe all local regulations and
four tyres and wheels of the same
need to use this tyre, drive recommendations regarding the
size, type, tread, brand and
at low speeds. use of tyre chains;
load-carrying capacity.
. use a correctly sized, well-fitted,
Buying New Tyres diamond-pattern tyre chain;
Wheel Covers . not exceed speed of 30 km/h;
Refer to the tyre placard on the
vehicle for tyre size and load rating. Use wheel covers and tyres that are . stop the vehicle in the event of
factory approved for the vehicle and
Using a different size or type of tyre any unusual noise;
which comply with all of the relevant
may affect: wheel and tyre combination . check the tyres are inflated to
. Ride requirements. the correct pressure. See Tyre
Pressure 0 249.
. Handling
.
{ Warning Whenever tyre chains are fitted,
Speedometer accuracy switch off the ESC. See Electronic
. Use of incorrect tyres or wheel Stability Control (ESC) 0 203.
Vehicle ground clearance
covers may result in damage to
. Tyre clearance the vehicle and personal injury.
. Snow chain clearance
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
256 Vehicle Care

If driving in snowy conditions with a
snorkel, see Snorkel Intake under Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 224.
Use the jack only for lifting the tyre repaired or replaced and
vehicle when changing wheels. installed back on the vehicle as
Tyre Changing soon as possible.
Do not get under a vehicle that is
{ Warning supported by a jack. No person
should place any portion of their 1. Park on a hard, level surface,
All passengers must be out of the body under a vehicle that is in a safe location.
vehicle when it is being jacked. supported by a jack. 2. Apply the park brake firmly.
Do not jack a vehicle with a trailer Vehicles with alloy wheels may 3. Place manual transmission in
attached. Remove the trailer first. have a steel spare wheel. Drive first or reverse gear.
carefully and do not exceed
Only jack the vehicle on hard, Place automatic transmission
80 km/h if the tyre size or tread
level surfaces. in P.
pattern of the spare tyre is
Ensure moving parts of the jack different to the other tyres on the 4. Switch the hazard warning
are adequately lubricated vehicle. Although the spare tyre flashers on.
before use. was fully inflated when the vehicle 5. Turn off the engine and remove
Use the jack only at the was new, it can lose air over time. the key.
designated lifting points. Use in Check the inflation pressure
6. Chock the wheel diagonally
other locations may result in the regularly.
opposite the flat tyre with a
vehicle falling off the jack, After installing the spare tyre on suitable solid object.
or damage to the vehicle. the vehicle, stop as soon as Note
Do not start or run the engine possible to check the inflation Do not change more than one wheel
while the vehicle is supported by pressure is correct. Have the flat at one time.
the jack. (Continued)
7. Remove the tools. See Tools
(Continued) 0 248.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 257

8. Assemble the wheel wrench, 11. Continue to rotate the wheel
jack handle extensions and the wrench until the spare tyre can
jack handle using a be pulled out from under the
screwdriver. vehicle.
10. Rotate the wheel wrench

anticlockwise to lower the
spare tyre to the ground.
The vehicle may have a spare 12. Tilt the retainer and slide it up
wheel retainer cover. the cable so it can be pulled up
through the wheel opening.
9. Remove the spare wheel
retainer cover and insert the 13. Place the spare tyre near the
chiselled end of the jack flat tyre.
handle, at a slight angle, Wheel nut removal
through the central hole in the
rear bumper and into the 14. Remove the centre cap by
funnel-shaped guide. placing the chisel end of the
wheel wrench into one of the
slots on the cap and gently
prise the cap out.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
258 Vehicle Care

To protect the wheel, place a Jacking procedure
soft cloth between the wheel
wrench and the wheel.
15. Turn the wheel wrench

anticlockwise to loosen all the
wheel nuts.
Note
Do not remove the wheel nuts at
this stage.
If the flat tyre is on the front of

the vehicle, position the jack
Front position: under the chassis rail between
the two braces as shown (1).
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 259

Rear position: If the flat tyre is on the rear, 19. Exchange the wheel on the
position the jack under the rear vehicle with the spare wheel.
axle as close as possible to the 20. Remove any rust or dirt from
shock absorber (2). the wheel nuts and studs,
16. Set the jack to the necessary mounting surfaces and spare
height before positioning it wheel.
directly below the jacking point
in a manner that prevents it
from slipping.
{ Danger
Never use oil or grease on bolts
{ Warning or nuts as the nuts may come
loose. The vehicle wheel could
Failure to position the jack as fall off and may lead to serious
described could cause the vehicle injury or death.
to slip off the jack.
Do not get under a vehicle that is 21. Refit the wheel nuts with the
supported by a jack. No person tapered end of the nuts
should place any portion of their towards the wheel.
body under a vehicle that is 22. Tighten each wheel nut by
supported by a jack. hand and then use the wheel
wrench to tighten the nuts until
17. Attach the jack handle and with the wheel is held against
the jack correctly aligned, the hub.
rotate the handle until the 23. Lower the vehicle by reversing
wheel is clear of the ground. the jacking procedure.
18. Remove the wheel nuts. 24. Remove the jack from under
the vehicle.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
260 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued) Jump Starting

Read the following warnings and
eventually allow the wheel to procedure in full before attempting
come off while the vehicle is to jump start the vehicle.
moving.
If you are still unsure about jump
starting, Holden strongly
26. Stow the replaced wheel, by recommends for your safety and
reversing Steps 8 to 13. that of the vehicle that you seek the
27. Stow the tools in the storage assistance of a suitably trained
compartment. See Tools 0 248. service technician.
28. Have the flat tyre renewed or
25. With the wheel on the ground,
use the wheel wrench to repaired. { Warning
tighten the wheel nuts in a When reinstalling the repaired Do not push start or tow start the
crosswise sequence as shown. wheel: vehicle. Therefore, if the battery is
1. Install the centre cap. flat, jump start, but do not push
{ Warning 2. Place the cap on the wheel and
start the vehicle.
As soon as possible after tap it into place until it is flush Batteries produce explosive
changing a wheel, have the wheel with the wheel. gases, contain corrosive acids
nuts tightened with a torque and supply levels of electrical
wrench to 140 Nm (Newton current high enough to cause
metres). Wheel nuts must be burns. Therefore, adhere to the
tightened evenly to the correct following when working near a
torque, as wheel nuts which have battery:
not been tightened properly could (Continued)
(Continued)
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 261

Defrost the frozen battery before
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) connecting jumper leads.
. Do not attempt jump starting . Battery acid is corrosive. If it . Use a booster battery with the
directly from the battery in gets on your skin, wash with same voltage (12 volts). Its
the engine compartment. plenty of water immediately. capacity (Ah) must not be much
If it gets in your eyes you less than that of the discharged
. Do not let the jumper lead
should not only flush with battery.
clamps touch each other or
other metal parts. lots of water, but should . Use jumper leads with insulated
also seek medical help. terminals and a cross section of
. Do not allow the jumper Battery acid also damages at least 25 mm².
leads to contact any rotating paint and fabrics. To
engine components. minimise damage, wash it . Do not disconnect the
off immediately. discharged battery from the
. Do not use open flames or vehicle.
sparks near the battery. . Remove rings, metal watch
bands and other metal . Switch off all unnecessary
. Do not smoke near the
jewellery before working electrical devices.
battery.
around the battery. . Do not allow the terminals of one
. Never use a quick charger
. If a permanently connected lead to touch those of the
to start the engine. other lead.
hands free telephone kit is
. The battery must be fitted to the vehicle, remove . The vehicles must not come into
removed from the vehicle the fuse for the telephone contact with each other during
for recharging. kit before jump starting. the jump starting process.
. Wear eye protection such Remember to replace the
as safety glasses and avoid fuse afterwards. Jump Starting Procedure
leaning over the battery. 1. Position the two vehicles so
(Continued) . A discharged battery can freeze that they are not touching.
at temperatures of 0°C. 2. Apply the park brakes.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
262 Vehicle Care

3. For manual transmissions, 7. Connect the other end of the 12. Allow both engines to idle for
place the shift lever in neutral. red lead to the positive terminal approximately 3 minutes with
For automatic transmissions, of the discharged battery (2). the leads connected.
place the shift lever in P. 8. Connect the black lead to the 13. Switch on the headlamps and
4. Turn the ignition off. negative terminal of the the heated rear window of the
booster battery (3). vehicle that received the jump
5. Turn off all lamps and start.
accessories in both vehicles, 9. Connect the other end of the
except the hazard warning black lead to a vehicle 14. Leave the engines running
flashers or any lights needed grounding point, such as the while removing the BLACK
for the work area. engine block or an engine negative jumper lead first,
mounting bolt (4). followed by the RED positive
Connect as far away from the jumper lead.
discharged battery as possible Note
(at least 60 cm). While removing each clamp, do not
Note touch any other metal while the
Route the leads so that they cannot other end remains attached.
catch on rotating parts within the
engine compartment.
10. Start the engine of the vehicle
providing the jump start and
allow to idle for at least
5 minutes.
6. Connect one end of the red 11. Start the engine of the vehicle
lead to the positive terminal of with the flat battery.
the booster battery (1).
Start attempts should be made
for no longer than 15 seconds
at an interval of 1 minute.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 263

Towing Proper lifting or towing equipment is
necessary when lifting or towing the
Emergency Towing Procedure
Tow only on hard-surfaced roads for
vehicle to prevent damage. State
Towing the Vehicle and local laws must be followed.
a short distance and at low speeds:
1. Fit the towing equipment to the
In an emergency, the vehicle may front towing eyes.
be towed on all four wheels for short
distances only, using the front Do not attach towing
towing eyes. equipment to the bumpers or
brackets, suspension or cross
members.
2. Turn the ignition key to ON to
enable the steering lock,
windscreen wipers and turn
signals operation.
3. Place the shift lever in N or
neutral.
A flat-bed tow truck is the best 4. Release the park brake.
method of towing the vehicle to
avoid damage. Note
Automatic transmission: If the
vehicle's battery is flat and the
{ Warning vehicle requires towing, see
Caution
No passenger should remain in Interruption of Power Supply 0 195.
the vehicle being towed. No load applied to an individual Note
front towing eye shall exceed . A driver must be in the vehicle to
1,500 kg (static or dynamic). steer and operate the brakes.
. Drive slowly when towing.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
264 Vehicle Care

. Power assist for brakes and Vehicle Recovery
power steering are not available Caution
when the engine is turned off.
The front towing eyes are rated to
The brakes and steering still 1,500 kg each. Any load (static or
function, but require greater dynamic) applied to these
effort. locations must not exceed the
. To prevent exhaust fumes rated capacity of each point.
entering the towed vehicle, close Care should be taken not to
the windows and press @. damage the bumper fascia or
. Vehicles with damaged other vehicle components with the
transmissions must not be tow rope or recovery system,
towed. during recovery.
. The wheels, axles, drive train, The vehicle may be recovered using
steering and brakes must be in the front towing eyes.
good condition.
Attach a tow rope or other suitably
. Only the driver should be inside rated system to the towing eyes.
a towed vehicle.
Ensure all equipment is in good
condition and is being used
correctly.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 265

Appearance Care water). The wipers must be
switched off. Remove antenna and { Warning
external accessories.
Exterior Care Take care when moving the
If you wash your vehicle by hand, vehicle after washing, in case
Washing make sure that the insides of the water has affected the brakes.
The vehicle's paintwork is exposed wheel housings are also thoroughly Applying the brakes lightly will
to environmental influences. Wash rinsed out. indicate whether they have been
and wax regularly. When using Clean edges and folds on opened affected. To dry them quickly,
automatic vehicle washes, select a doors and the bonnet as well as the lightly apply the brakes while
programme that includes waxing. areas they cover. maintaining a slow forward speed
Bird droppings, dead insects, resin, Have the door hinges of all doors with a clear area ahead, until
pollen and the like should be greased by a Holden Dealer. brake performance returns to
cleaned off immediately, as they normal.
contain aggressive constituents Caution
which can cause paint damage. Vehicle Graphics
Failure to do so may result in Do not clean the engine
permanent damage, particularly in compartment with a steam-jet or Care for your vehicle graphics like
hot weather conditions. high-pressure jet cleaner. you would any fine paint finish.
Road bloom is a gradual build up of Wash Regularly
road and environmental grime. This Thoroughly rinse and chamois off . Wash whenever the vehicle
should be removed with a paint the vehicle. Rinse the chamois appears dirty. Contaminants
cleaner once a year, in addition to frequently. Use a separate chamois allowed to remain on the graphic
normal washing. for painted and glass surfaces: may be more difficult to remove
If using a vehicle wash, comply with remnants of wax on the windows during cleaning.
the vehicle wash manufacturer's will impair vision.
. Rinse off as much dirt and grit
instructions. Never use an automatic Do not use hard objects to remove as possible first with a spray of
wash that requires anything spots of tar. Use tar removal spray water. See 'Difficult
touching the paint (other than on painted surfaces.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
266 Vehicle Care

Contaminants' below for spot Pressure Washing with very hot, soapy water. Rinse
cleaning of bird droppings, Although hand washing is the thoroughly and dry. If further
tar, etc. preferred cleaning method, pressure cleaning is needed, try a product
. Use a wet, non-abrasive washing may be used under these such as Bug and Tar Remover or a
detergent and a soft, clean cloth conditions: Citrus Base Cleaner by testing in an
or sponge. inconspicuous area to ensure no
. Ensure the water pressure is damage to the graphics before
. Rinse thoroughly with clean kept below 1400 kPa (2000 psi). applying to the affected area.
water. To reduce water spotting, . Keep the water temperature
immediately use a silicone Isopropyl alcohol (IPA) mixed two
below 80°C. parts IPA to 1 part water or
squeegee to remove water and
finish with a clean microfibre . Use a spray nozzle with a 40° denatured alcohol may also help.
cloth. wide angle spray pattern. . Spot-clean the contaminants.
. Keep the nozzle at least 300 mm . Do not use rough scrubbing or
Caution away from, and perpendicular (at abrasive tools, which will scratch
90°) to, the graphic. the film.
It is not recommended to apply
wax or other similar coatings on . Wash and rinse off all residue
Caution immediately.
vehicle graphics.
Holding the pressure washer Fuel Spills
Automated Car Washes nozzle at an angle of less than Wipe off immediately to avoid
90° to the graphic may lift the degrading the vinyl and adhesive.
Touch-less car washes are the best edges of the film.
for graphic care. Use of brush car Then wash, rinse and dry as
washes (depending upon the described in 'Wash Regularly' as
frequency and quality of brush) may Difficult Contaminants soon as possible.
cause dulling, scratching or lift the Soften difficult contaminants such
edge of the graphics. as bug splatter, bird droppings, tree
sap and similar contaminants by
soaking them for several minutes
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 267

Film Restoration Film or Finish Type Product or Solution
The following restoration
3M™ Perfect-It™ Show Car Paste
recommendations will help keep Smooth Gloss Texture
Wax 39526
your vehicle wraps looking
their best: Isopropyl alcohol and water (2:1
Matte or Satin Texture
. Do not use any abrasive ratio)
polishes or cutting compounds. Based on the type/degree of
. Do not use any polishing or wax contamination, use one of more of
products on matte or textured these solutions, in the order shown,
films. to remove any build-up:
. Use if there is wax or any wax 1. Hot, soapy water solution
residue on the surface, remove
with an all-purpose cleaner. 2. Isopropyl alcohol (IPA) and water
Matte White (1080-M10) (ratio 2:1)
The following table shows some Carbon Fibre White (1080-CF10)
available products to help restore 3. Simple Green® All-Purpose
your vehicle wrap. Cleaner
Note 4. Household chlorine bleach;
Before using, always test and followed by IPA/water.
approve in an inconspicuous area. 5. Mineral spirits; followed by IPA/
water
Carbon Fibre or Brushed Metal 3M™ Tyre Restorer or Meguiar's
Texture Natural Shine Protectant
Meguiar's Ultimate Black Plastic
Carbon Fibre Black (1080-CF12)
Restorer
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
268 Vehicle Care

Note metropolitan areas). When a garage Paintwork polish with silicone forms
The products listed are examples is not available, consider using a a protective film, making waxing
and may not be available. Use this cloth car cover at night. unnecessary.
table as a guide if an equivalent If your graphics start to discolour or Plastic body parts and vehicle
product is required. turn brown, immediately remove the graphics must not be treated with
graphics from the vehicle to avoid wax or polishing agents.
Caution staining the underlying paint.
Windows and Windscreen
Do not allow the cleaning solution Exterior Lamps Wiper Blades
to soak on the surface; Headlamp and other lamp covers Use a soft lint-free cloth or chamois
immediately rinse with clear are made of plastic. Do not use any leather together with window
water. abrasive, solvent based cleaners or cleaner and insect remover.
caustic agents and do not . Never use abrasive cleaners to
Store Indoors or Under Cover dry-clean them.
clean glass.
Whenever Possible Air Intakes . Refer to a Holden Dealer for
Just like paint, vinyl graphics are When washing the vehicle, clear windscreen washer additive.
degraded by prolonged exposure to any debris from the air intakes . Old wiper blades can cause
sun and atmospheric pollutants, between the bonnet and windscreen
particularly on the horizontal windscreen scratching.
and below the front bumper. Regularly inspect and
surfaces such as the bonnet
and roof. Polishing and Waxing replace them.
Whenever possible, store the Wax the vehicle regularly. At the

Caution
vehicle in a garage, or at least in a latest, wax when water no longer
shaded area during the day. At night beads on the panel surface. Do not operate the wiper blades
protect the vehicle from dew or rain, Polishing is necessary only if the by hand as this damages the
which may contain acidic pollutants paint has become dull or if solid wiper drive mechanism.
(a common problem in many large deposits have become attached
to it.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Vehicle Care 269

When cleaning the rear window,
Caution
Interior Care
make sure the heating element
inside is not damaged.
Clean smearing wiper blades with a
Do not spill coolant on the { Warning
vehicle's exterior surfaces as it
soft cloth and window cleaner. can damage the paintwork. If you Many cleaning products are toxic,
do, wash it off immediately. flammable or may damage the
Wheels and Tyres interior. When cleaning the
Do not use high-pressure jet interior, avoid volatile cleaners
cleaners. Underbody such as acetone, lacquer
. Remove oil and grease with Substances can cause rust under thinners, enamel reducers, nail
soap and water or detergent. the vehicle. polish removers, or cleaners such
. Hose the underbody with clean as laundry soaps, bleaches or
. Do not use petrol to clean tyres.
water whenever the vehicle is reducing agents. Never use
. Use a good quality tyre and carbon tetrachloride, petrol or
washed.
bumper shine if required. naphtha for any cleaning purpose.
. Where the vehicle is exposed to Ensure that the vehicle is well
. A good quality wheel cleaner heavy concentrations of ventilated while using any
can be used for cleaning alloy corrosive materials, inspect and
wheels. cleaners and always follow the
wash the complete underbody at
cleaning product manufacturer's
. Do not use abrasive cleaners. least once each year.
recommendations. Water based
Paintwork Damage cleaners, rather than solvent
based cleaners, are
Rectify minor paintwork damage
recommended.
with a touch-up pen before rust
forms. Steam cleaning of seats is not
Have more extensive damage or recommended.
rust areas repaired by your Holden
Dealer.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
270 Vehicle Care

Interior and Upholstery Plastic and Rubber Parts
Only clean the vehicle interior, Plastic and rubber parts can be
including the instrument panel cleaned with the same cleaner as
fascia and panelling, with a dry cloth used to clean the body. Use interior
or interior cleaner. cleaner if necessary. Do not use any
The instrument panel should only be other agent. Avoid solvents and
cleaned using a soft damp cloth. petrol in particular. Do not use high
pressure jet cleaners.
Clean fabric upholstery with a
vacuum cleaner and brush. Remove Floor Mats
stains with an upholstery cleaner. Ensure that floor mats, when fitted,
Clean seat belts with a mild, are securely fastened and do not
non-abrasive soap and lukewarm interfere with pedal operation.
water.
After washing, thoroughly, sponge
the solution out of the belts.
Avoid wipe damp cloth on areas
near of Front Seat power switch,
because the liquid can compromise
the Seat's working. In case of heavy
soiling, use leather care.
Caution
Close Velcro fasteners as open
Velcro fasteners on clothing could
damage seat upholstery.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Service and Maintenance 271

Service and General Information When Change engine oil soon is
displayed, have the engine oil and
Maintenance Service Information
filter changed as soon as possible,
within the next 1,000 km.
In order to ensure economical and It is possible that, if you are driving
General Information safe vehicle operation and to under the best conditions, the oil life
Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . 271 maintain the value of your vehicle, it system may not indicate that an oil
is of vital importance that all change is necessary for a longer
Recommended Fluids, maintenance work is carried out at period than that shown in the
Lubricants, and Parts the proper intervals as specified. Maintenance schedule. However,
Recommended Fluids and the engine oil and filter must be
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 See your Service/Warranty Booklet
for the service schedules and for changed in accordance with the
more information. Maintenance schedule outlined in
the Service/Warranty Booklet.
Engine Oil Life System
The vehicle has a computer system
that lets you know when to change
the engine oil and filter.
The frequency of the oil change
depends on driving patterns, engine
RPM and engine temperature.
When the system has calculated
that oil life has been diminished,
Change engine oil soon will appear
in the Driver Information
Centre (DIC).
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
272 Service and Maintenance

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Engine Type 2.8L Diesel
Engine oil specification SAE 5W-30 or 5W-40; g (dexos2™ )
Coolant specification 50% clean fresh water and 50% Dexcool ® anti-freeze coolant,
conforming to specification number GM6277M
Manual transmission fluid Dexron® VI
Automatic transmission fluid Dexron® VI
Transfer case fluid (four-wheel drive) Dexron ® VI
Differential oil Synthetic Hypoid 75W/90 GL5
Brake fluid DOT 4 Hydraulic brake fluid conforming to specification number
GMW3356
Battery 12 volts, 90 amp hours
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Technical Data 273

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 The Vehicle Identification Number
Engine Identification . . . . . . . . . . 273 (VIN) is located on the chassis rail
Identification Labels . . . . . . . . . . 273 on the driver’s side.
Vehicle Data
Engine Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Vehicle Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Vehicle Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . 277
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 0: Front of vehicle
The engine serial number (1) is
located on the right side at the rear
of the engine block.
Identification Labels
The VIN is also located on the Compliance Label
instrument panel visible through the
windscreen. The vehicle compliance label is
located on the front passenger's
door frame, or on the rear door
frame (Space Cab).
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
274 Technical Data

Built Date Label
1: Approval number
2: Manufacturer
A label containing the vehicle build
3: Category date is also located on the front
4: Number of seats passenger's door frame or on the
rear door frame (Space Cab).
5: Vehicle identification number
6: Compliance date
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Technical Data 275

Vehicle Data
Engine Data
Engine Type 2.8 L4 Turbo Diesel
Number of cylinders 4
Engine 2776 cc
Engine power Please refer to holden.com.au
Engine torque Please refer to holden.com.au
Diesel fuel Complies with Euro Standard EN590
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
276 Technical Data

Vehicle Weight
Axle Loads
Maximum Front and Rear Axle Loads
Do not exceed the maximum axle loads, including the weight of any options,
tow ball download when towing, or accessories fitted to the vehicle. Weigh at
a weighbridge if unsure.
Front Axle Load (kg) Rear Axle Load (kg)
Police 1450 1850
LS 1450 1850
LT 1450 1850
LTZ 1450 1850
Z71 1450 1850
Refer to the vehicle's compliance occupants, tow ball download when

plate for gross vehicle mass (GVM) towing, optional equipment and
figures. accessories.
Carrying Capacity Light commercial vehicles,
depending on their model and
Carrying capacity (payload) is the specification, have different carrying
maximum capacity of the vehicle for capacities.
the carriage of all non-standard
items including cargo carrying
devices (e.g. tray or body,
if applicable), the cargo itself,
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Technical Data 277

Vehicle Dimensions
Dimensions (mm)
Length Width (incl. Height Front and Front Wheel
mirrors) Rear Track overhang Base
Single cab chassis 4x2 — 2132 1812 1570 957 3096
4x4 — 2132 1805 1570 957 3096
Crew cab chassis 4x2 — 2132 1809 1570 957 3096
4x4 — 2132 1803 1570 957 3096
Crew cab pickup 4x2 5361 2132 1791 1570 957 3096
(LS / LT)
4x4 5361 2132 1786 1570 957 3096
Crew cab 4x2 5361 2132 1800 1570 957 3096
pickup (LTZ)
4x4 5361 2132 1794 1570 957 3096
Crew cab ute (Z71) 4x4 5408 2132 1793 (1849 1570 1004 3096
Incl. roof rail)
Space cab chassis 4X2 / 4x4 — 2132 1802 1570 957 3096
Space cab pickup 4X2 / 4x4 5361 2132 1793 1570 957 3096
The above figures are based on the design dimensions.

Note
Length of cab chassis is determined by tray or body fitted.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
278 Technical Data

Capacities and Specifications
Engine Type 2.8 L4 Turbo Diesel
Refill engine oil including filter (approximately) 5.6 L
Coolant (approximately) 9.0 L
Fuel tank 76.0 L
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Technical Data 279

Tyre Pressure
Tyre Size Wheel Recommended Pressure
Size and
Profile
Up to 3 people (Light) Up to 3 people (ECO) Full load (Max) Spare
Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear —
kPa PSI kPa PSI kPa PSI kPa PSI kPa PSI kPa PSI kPa PSI
245/ 16 x 6.5J 240 35 240 35 240 35 240 35 260 38 300 44 300 44
70R16
XL 111S
255/ 17 x 7.0J 240 35 240 35 240 35 240 35 260 38 300 44 300 44
65R17
SL 110S
265/ 18 x 7.5J 240 35 240 35 240 35 240 35 260 38 300 44 300 44
60R18
SL 110T
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
280 Customer Information

Customer Customer Information In the instance that you wish to
escalate a query to a higher level of
Information Trademarks and License
staff, further options are available
to you.
Agreements As a first step, Holden suggests you
Customer Information Dexos® is a trademark of General discuss any concern with the
Trademarks and License Motors LLC relevant Department Manager
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 (Sales Manager or Service
Owner Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Dexron® and Dexcool® are
Manager).
registered trademarks of General
Vehicle Data Recording and Motors LLC Alternatively, the Dealership
Privacy General Manager or Dealer
Vehicle Data Recording and Owner Assistance Principal will also be happy to
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 assist you.
Holden Customer Care
Holden Customer Care Office
At Holden, we want you to be
completely satisfied with your Should you wish to speak to a
ownership experience. This applies Holden representative, you are
to your vehicle and any Holden welcome to contact the Holden
representative you may deal with. Customer Care team.
Refer below for two options for Refer below for operating hours and
seeking assistance with your query. various methods of communication.
Holden Dealerships Operating Hours
Holden encourages you to seek Weekdays: 8am – 7pm AEST

assistance from your Holden Saturday: 9am – 1pm AEST
Dealership. Each Holden Dealership
is equipped to manage any sales,
servicing, parts or technical query.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Customer Information 281

Telephone . Servicing dealer's name and Applicable details for New Zealand
Holden Customer Care can be address are set out in the Holden Warranty
telephoned from anywhere within . Vehicle model and Owner Assistance Information
Australia for only the cost of a booklet enclosed in the New
. Vehicle identification number Zealand glovebox wallet.
local call. (I.S.O.V.I.N.), refer to the inside
The contact number is: front cover of the Service/ New Zealand Assistance can be
Warranty Booklet in your reached on:
1800 033 349
vehicle's glovebox 0800 HOLDEN (0800 465 336)
Email
. Date of purchase This number provides access to
Alternatively, you may prefer to New Zealand Roadside Assistance
. Current odometer reading
email Holden at: as well as New Zealand
holdencustomercare@gm.com Most of this information will be Customer Care.
found on the Vehicle Identification
Written Correspondence Certificate, located inside the front Alternatively, you may prefer to
cover of the Service/Warranty email Holden at:
You can also write to Holden at the
address below: Booklet in your vehicle's glovebox. holdencustomercare@gm.com
The Manager Before you write however, You can also write to Holden at the
Holden Customer Care Centre remember that the telephone is a address below:
GPO Box 1714 quicker and more effective means of The Manager
Melbourne 3001 communication. Holden Customer Care Centre
Your written correspondence should New Zealand PO Box 11195
clearly outline your concern or query Ellerslie
The information in this Owner's Auckland 1542
and include: Manual applies primarily to
. Your name and address Australian Holden vehicles and
there may be some differences to
. Telephone numbers, both private the Warranty and Owner Assistance
and business provisions for New Zealand.
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
282 Customer Information

. With the consent of the vehicle
Vehicle Data owner or, if the vehicle is leased,
Recording and with the consent of the lessee.
Privacy . In response to an official request
of police or similar government
Event Data Recorders office.
The vehicle has a number of . As part of the manufacturer's
sophisticated systems that monitor defence in case of legal
and control several vehicle data. proceedings.
Some data may be stored during
. As required by law.
regular operation to facilitate repair
of detected malfunctions, other data In addition, the manufacturer may
is stored only in a crash or near use the collected or received data:
crash event by systems commonly . For the manufacturer's research
called event data recorders (EDR). needs.
The systems may record data about . To make it available for research
the condition of the vehicle and how needs where appropriate
it was operated (e.g. engine speed, confidentiality is maintained and
brake application, seat belt usage). need is shown.
To read this data, special equipment
and access to the vehicle are . To share summary data which is
required. This will take place when not tied to a specific vehicle with
the vehicle is serviced by a Holden other organisations for research
dealer. Some data is electronically purposes.
fed into global diagnostic systems.
The manufacturer will not access
information about a crash event or
share it with others except:
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Index 283
Anti-theft (cont'd)
Index A
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 224 Alarm System Messages . . . . . . . 84
Adjustable Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 200
Adjustments Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Seat, Initial Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Appearance Care
Agreements Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Trademarks and Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141, 175 Apple CarPlay and
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 232 Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . .136, 169
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .177, 179 Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Air Conditioning Regular Audio
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Air Filter, Passenger Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . .97, 150
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Automatic
Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Light Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Airbags Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Automatic Transmission
Seat Belt Tensioner Light . . . . . . . 73 Electronic Driving
Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Alarm System Interruption of Power
Anti-theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102, 153 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Antenna Shift Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Fixed Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104, 156 Transmission Display . . . . . . . . . 193
Anti-theft Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
284 Index
B Buzzers, Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Control System
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Emission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
C
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Controls
Camera, Rear Vision . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . 100, 152
Capacities and
Voltage and Charging Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Coolant
Carbon Monoxide
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 237 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Bleeding Engine Temperature Gauge . . . . 71
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Diesel Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177, 179
Cargo
Bluetooth Cooling System
Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130, 164 Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Central Locking System . . . . . . . . . 24
Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Cover
Chains, Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Tonneau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . 73
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . 123
Check
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Engine Light (Malfunction
Brake and Clutch System Misted Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Child Restraint Systems
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Top Tether . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Child Restraints
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 187 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Bulb Replacement Curtain Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Cleaning
Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 239 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237, 238 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Number Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 241 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 177
Tail lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Buying New Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Index 285
D Driver Information Engine
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3 Centre (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Database Coverage Driving Check Light (Malfunction
Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Electronic Programs . . . . . . . . . . 194 Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Daytime Running Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 229
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 187 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Descent Control System . . . . . . . . . 75 Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . 71
Descent Control Cooling System Messages . . . . . 82
E
System (DCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Electrical Equipment,
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Devices Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Electrical System
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Engine Compartment Fuse
Diesel Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . 189 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Diesel Fuel System Bleeding . . . 237 Starting Your Diesel Engine . . . 189
Instrument Panel Fuse
Diesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . . . 191 Engine Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Diesel Particulate Filter Engine Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Electronic Climate Control
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Dimensions Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Electronic Driving Programs . . . . 194
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . 89
Electronic Stability Control . . . . . . 203
Displays Electronic Stability Control F
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 193 (ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Fault, Automatic
Door Electronic Stability Control Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Central Locking System . . . . . . . . 24 Emission Control System . . . . . . . 226 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Manual Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Emission Information . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
286 Index
Filter, Front Seats (cont'd) General Information
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Fixed Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . 239 Getting In and Out of the
Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . .104, 156 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . 91 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Global Positioning
Flat Tyre Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Glovebox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Fluid Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 77 Guidance
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 232 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Problems with the Route . . . . . . 122
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
H
Four-Wheel Drive Engine Compartment Fuse
Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . 91
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Instrument Panel Fuse
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Fog Lamps Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Headlamp Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
G Headlamp Levelling Control . . . . . 90
Fog Light, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Gauges Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Engine Coolant Temperature . . . 71 Automatic Light Control . . . . . . . . . 89
Forward Collision Alert
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Daytime Running
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . . . 75
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Headlamp Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Front Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Front Fog Lamp
Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . 90
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Warning Lights and Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Front Seat Position Seats
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Heated
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Front Seats
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Index 287
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 J Lighting
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Jack Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 187 Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 202 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Lights
K
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 66 Airbag and Seat Belt
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . . 84
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177, 179 Tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Antilock Brake System
I
L (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Identification Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Lamps Automatic Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
If the System Needs Service . . . . 123
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Brake and Clutch System . . . . . . . 74
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . . 90 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Check Engine (Malfunction
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Indicator
Front Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Malfunction Indicator (Check Descent Control System . . . . . . . . 75
Information
Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Electronic Stability Control
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 (ESC), Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Information on Loading the
Misted Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Number Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Fog Lamp, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Four-Wheel-Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Instrument Panel
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Headlamp Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Instrument Panel Overview . . . .5, 64
Tail lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Interruption of Power Supply . . . . 195
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . . . 214 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . 90
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 97
Lane Departure Warning Light . . . 75 Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
ISOFIX Child Restraint
Levelling Control Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . . . 75
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Headlamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
288 Index
Lights (cont'd) Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Messaging
Pre-Heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Mirrors
Traction Control Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Automatic Dimming
System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Memorised Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Traction Control System Messages Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Trailer Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Anti-theft Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 84 Manual Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Tyre Pressure Monitoring Battery Voltage and Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Misted Light Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Monitor System, Tyre
Loading the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Diesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . . . 83 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Locks Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
N
Central Locking System . . . . . . . . 24 Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . . . 82
Navigation
Manual Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . 77 Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
M New vehicle running-in . . . . . . . . . 187
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Maintenance
Object Detection System . . . . . . . 84 O
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Object Detection System
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Maintenance Schedule
Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Recommended Fluids and
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . 73
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Oil
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Index 289
Oil (cont'd) Port Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 231 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 157 Rear View Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Positioning Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 213
Operation Power Rear Windows
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Other Service Items Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Recognition
Air Conditioning System . . . . . . 177 Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Outlets Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Recommended Fluids and
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97, 150 Pre-Heat Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 42 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Owner Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Pressure Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Replacement Parts
P
Privacy Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 282 Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 47
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Problems with Route Replacing Seat Belt System
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Passenger Compartment Air
Restraints
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 R
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Personalisation Radio
Reverse Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 AM-FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . 203
Phone Radio Reception . . . . . .103, 154, 155
Electronic Stability (ESC) . . . . . 203
Apple CarPlay and Radios
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . 136, 169 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130, 164 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Rotation, Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Hands-Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Rear Fog Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
290 Index
S Signals, Turn and Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Symbols
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Specifications and Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 System
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Forward Collision
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 43 Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Three-Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Global Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 42 Starting the Diesel Engine . . . . . . 189 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Seats Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
T
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Tail lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Position, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Steering System Messages . . . . . . 85
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 37 Steering Wheel
Technical Data
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100, 152
Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Storage
Text Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Theft-Deterrent Systems
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 227 Storage Areas
Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Three-Point Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Service and Maintenance Cargo Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Tonneau Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Glovebox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Information on Loading the
Top-Tether Child Restraint
Servicing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120, 138, 172 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Towing
Memorised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Shift Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 223
Side Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Underseat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
Index 291
Traction Tyres Vehicle (cont'd)
Control System (TCS) . . . . . . . . 202 Buying New Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Control System Warning Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Traction Control System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . 75
(TCS) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Vehicle Care
Trademarks and Pressure Monitor Operation . . 252 Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Licence Agreements . . . . .141, 175 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 250 Vehicle Data Recording and
Trademarks and License Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Tyres and Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Vehicle Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Trailer Vehicle Identification
U
Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 223 Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Updates
Trailer Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Vehicle Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Map Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Vehicle Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Upshift light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Transmission Ventilation
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105, 157
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Adjustable Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Using the Navigation System . . . 109
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Fixed Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Transmission Display . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Using Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . 137
Tread Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
W
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 V
Warning
Turn and Lane-Change Vehicle
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Getting In and Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Warning Chimes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Identification Number (VIN) . . . 273
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Tyre Pressure Monitoring Personalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
2019 - crc draft - 3/1/18
292 Index
Warnings
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Weights
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Wheel Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Wheels and Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 50
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Windscreen
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 237

My19 Colorado Owner Manual 1237048790663

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

My19 Colorado Owner Manual 1237048790663

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MY19 RG Colorado

Change of name, address or ownership

© 2018 GM Holden Ltd.

Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview

1. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 89 4. Turn and Lane-Change Signals

Remote Keyless Entry . Press " once. All doors are

. To lower the seat cushion, push . Move the seat forwards or

The controls for the power mirrors

. Press | to turn the hazard

. Pull the lever towards you to

See Ignition Positions 0 187.

When the vehicle is stopped, push

18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 19

20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 21

22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

1. Open the cover. Memorised Settings

Keys, Doors, and Windows 23

24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25

. To lock, turn the key

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

Adjust the driver’s or passenger’s

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

Headlamp glare from following Power windows can be operated:

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Auto Up/Down Pressure Relief

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Caution (Continued) { Warning

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

34 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 35

. Sit centrally in the seat.

36 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 37

. Move the seat forwards or

38 Seats and Restraints

{ Warning Rear Seats

Seats and Restraints 39

3. Crew cab: pull up on either the

40 Seats and Restraints

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) { Warning

Seats and Restraints 41

Loose or bulky clothing hinders the

42 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 43

Caution Airbag System { Warning

44 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 45

46 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 47

48 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 49

50 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 51

52 Seats and Restraints

A bottle holder is located at the front

To open, pull the handle.

Press the latch and lift the

Use the recesses as shown to